Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / IGas Energy / FY2019 Annual Report

IGas Energy
Annual Report 2019

IGAS · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker IGAS
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · IGas Energy
Loading PDF…
Delivering 
an energy 
independent & 
secure future  
for Britain.

IGas Energy plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Our purpose is  
to provide a safe, 
responsible and 
secure supply of 
energy for Britain,  
in collaboration 
with all our 
stakeholders.

What’s Inside

Strategic Report

Financial & Operational Performance 

Looking to the Future 

Our Marketplace 

Chairman’s Statement 

Creating Value 

Our Stakeholders 

  Our Communities 

  Our Regulators 

Chief Executive’s Statement 

Financial Review 

Key Performance Indicators 

Risk Management 

Sustainable and Responsible Business 

Corporate Governance

Introduction to Governance 

Board of Directors 

Executive Committee 

Corporate Governance  

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

Directors’ Report  

Financial Statements

Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities  
in Relation to the Group Financial  
Statements and Annual Report 

Independent Auditors’ Report  
to the Members of IGas Energy plc  
– Group 

Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Consolidated Statement of Changes  
in Equity 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 

Consolidated Financial Statements  
– Notes 

Parent Company Financial Statements –  
Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities 

Independent Auditors’ Report  
to the Members of IGas Energy plc  
– Company 

Parent Company Balance Sheet 

Parent Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity 

Parent Company Cash Flow Statement 

Parent Company Financial Statements 
– Notes 

Oil and Gas Reserves 
IGas Onshore UK Licence Interests 
Glossary 
General Information 

01

02

04

06

08

10

12

14

16

20

24

26

30

35

40

41

43

47

52

54

55

60 

60

61

62

63

64

98

99

103

104

105

106

122 
123 
125 
126

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Adjusted EBITDA

£13.8m

£40.9m

£42.9m

2019

2018

£13.8m

£10.8m

Operational
Production

•  Net production averaged  
2,325 boepd for the year  
(2018: 2,258 boepd).

Reserves

Underlying operating profit

•  Significant 2P reserves 

Financial & Operational Performance

The production business has performed well  
in 2019 and generated strong free operating  
cash flow. 

Financial

Revenues

£40.9m

2019

2018

Loss after tax

£(49.8)m

2019

2018

£4.6m

£(49.8)m

2019

£(21.4)m

2018

Operating cash flow before 
working capital movements

£14.3m

Net debt 

£6.2m

2019

2018

£14.3m

2019

£11.6m

2018

£4.6m

£4.0m

£6.2m

£6.4m

Cash and cash equivalents

Net assets

£8.2m

2019

2018

£113.1m

£8.2m

2019

£15.1m

2018

£113.1m

£161.7m

To read more on our results 
see page 20

replacement ~277% (1P ~192%);

•  2P reserves of 16.05 MMboe  

at 31 December 2019  
(2018: 14.56 MMboe).

Incremental production

•  Our waterflood projects at Welton 
and Scampton remain on track 
both in terms of delivery and 
budget, and are expected  
to be online in the summer  
of 2020.

Shale exploration & appraisal

•  During 2019, ahead of the 

moratorium, we made significant 
progress on our shale assets in 
the East Midlands, confirming 
our prognosis that we have a 
world-class gas resource in the 
Gainsborough Trough.

Health & Safety

•  IGas presented with ROSPA 

Presidents Award, representing 
13 years of commitment to 
Occupational Health and Safety.

Read more on pages 10 to 15

Engagement with our 
stakeholders informs our 
Company decisions.

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2019

01

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsLOOKING TO THE FUTURE

Britain’s energy mix  
2035 projection1

36%

Oil

Our vision  
for securing 
energy  
for Britain.

1 Source: www.gov.uk/government/publications/updated-

energy-and-emissions-projections-2018.

2 Renewables and waste includes generation from solar, 

wind and hydro. It also includes road biofuel use and other 
transport related biofuel uses. 

3 Energy use or losses from final energy production for 

imported energy is not included.

4 Source: CCC Net Zero Report.

02

Natural gas demand is forecast 
to decrease by around 30% by 
2050, when the Government has 
committed to net zero emissions, 
but import dependency is set  
to rise from 50% today to 86%  
in 2050.4

31%

Natural 

gas 

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 201916%
Renewables & 
waste2

13%
Nuclear

3
s
t
r
o
p
m

i

t
e
n
y
t
i
c
i
r
t
c
e
l
E
%
2

31%
Natural 
gas 

Our vision for securing energy for Britain 
IGas has played an important role in Britain’s 
onshore energy production; safely exploring, 
developing and producing oil and gas at our 
sites for over three decades.

To improve the UK’s balance of payments 
and to ensure that the oil and gas we are 
buying is not further inflating global  
GHG emissions, we believe the UK 
Government must continue to encourage  
the development of Britain’s oil and gas 
reserves over foreign imports and promote 
its support for Britain’s oil and gas industry 
and its jobs.

Meeting Britain’s future energy demand
Energy security is increasingly relevant 
in the world today. All major predictions, 
including the most recent statistics 
published in 2019, show oil and gas 
continues to dominate the energy mix.  
The independent Committee on Climate 
Change also states that we will need oil  
and gas for decades; both to meet demand 
and our net zero commitment in 2050. 

Gas plays a significant role in providing 
energy to the UK, whether through heating 
over 80% of peoples’ homes or contributing 
c. 50% to electricity generation. The UK 
currently imports over 50% of the natural 
gas it consumes. In 2019 alone, the nation 
spent £200 million a week on gas imports. 

Importing our gas from outside the UK 
increases the carbon footprint fourfold, 
while handing the potential job and supply 
chain benefits to those gas suppliers. With 
our North Sea assets on the decline, the UK’s 
imported gas share is expected to hit 86% 
by 2050. 

The UK needs energy producers that can 
deliver affordable energy, with lower 
emissions.

03

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
OUR MARKETPLACE

Capitalising  
on our domestic 
natural resources.

>80%Without new supplies of gas it is expected that we will be importing 

over 80% of our gas requirements by 2050

1,329tcf 70%

Gas lying deep beneath 
northern and central England1

Of gas consumed today will still 
be required in 2050

2.75tcf

As a nation we use 2.75 tcf  
a year

1 Source: BGS central estimate.

87.5%

Of the 22 million homes 
connected to the gas grid, 
87.5% of their heat and 
electricity comes from gas

The potential 
of shale gas 
exploration 
The sheer scale of the UK’s 
shale gas resource is immense. 
The British Geological Survey's 
mid-case scenario estimates 
that we have 1,329 trillion cubic 
feet’s (tcf) worth of gas lying 
underneath northern and  
central England. 

As a nation we use 2.75 tcf a 
year, meaning that if we extract 
just 10% of the shale gas we 
have, we could meet our UK 
demand for half a century. That’s 
the needs of homes, businesses 
and British industry covered – all 
using an indigenously produced 
product that will create 
significant community benefits, 
local supply chain opportunities 
and new skilled jobs.

Political and  
Regulatory Review 
2019 saw an upheaval in the UK’s political 
landscape from a minority Government 
under Theresa May, with Government unable 
to pass anything of significance through 
the Commons, to a significant Conservative 
victory over Labour by Boris Johnson.

A key report for the future of oil and gas in a 
decarbonised economy was published in May 
2019, the UK Committee on Climate Change 
(CCC) Net Zero report. This report clearly 
forecast a very significant UK gas demand out 
to 2050 and beyond. It is estimated that we 
will still require 600 TWh per year of natural 
gas in 2050 to meet the target. That amounts 
to 70% of our current annual consumption.

Under the CCC’s recommended pathway to 
net zero CO2 by 2050, this gas would be used 
as both a feedstock for making hydrogen and 
a backup supply for generating electricity, 
and they have recommended that we use 
domestically produced gas. Without new 
supplies of gas it is expected that we will be 
importing over 80% of our gas requirements 
by 2050.

There is also a recognised role for oil in the 
2050 net zero scenario. The assessment made 
by the CCC however, did not include the use 
of oil as a feedstock, as it is not combusted, 
which today represents 9.5 Mtoe per year 
(177,000 barrels per day). This is assumed 
to at least remain constant over the next 30 
years given the lack of suitable replacements. 
Therefore, the UK looks set to have an oil 
import dependency of 48% in 2050.

The Committee also recommended not to 
further offshore our emissions by relying on 
imported fuels.

Later in the year, the Government endorsed 
the report by issuing a supportive statement 
ahead of Cuadrilla commencing hydraulic 
fracturing at Preston New Road in  
August 2019.

In October 2019, the National Audit Office 
Report published a report ’Fracking for Shale 
Gas in England’. This report set out the facts 
behind the Government’s support of shale 
gas extraction. The report highlighted what 
is already known: there is a very significant 
regulatory structure in place, the Environment 
Agency has assessed shale gas operations 
as low risk and they have put in place a 
significant compliance visit schedule. 

”Shale gas could be 
an important new 
domestic energy 
source, reducing the 
level of gas imports 
while delivering broad 
economic benefits, 
including through  
the creation of  
well-paid, quality  
jobs. It could also 
support our transition 
to net zero emissions 
by 2050.”

Source: 
BEIS

04

IGas Energy plc | Annual report and accounts 2019

2019 saw one of the most stable oil  
price environments in recent history,  
with crude oil prices starting the year  
near $60 a barrel and finishing the year  
at $66 a barrel. 

Commodity prices 

However, in 2020 the industry has to 
date witnessed a dramatic decline in the 
oil price. The continued global impact of 
COVID-19 on demand and OPEC’s failure 
to agree to production cuts, in early 
March, have seen the oil price trading 
below $30/bbl.

CCC predict  
we will need  
c. 70% of the 
gas we consume 
today in 2050 
and beyond 
under net zero

u
t
b
m
M
/
$

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

100

Natural Gas NYMEX 
Near Term ($/Mmbtu)

Crude Oil Brent Global 
Spot ICE ($/bbl)

$
/
b
b

l

80

60

40

20

0

Jan 
19

Feb 
19

Mar 
19

Apr 
19

May 
19

Jun 
19

Jul 
19

Aug 
19

Sep 
19

Oct 
19

Nov 
19

Dec 
19

Jan 
20

Feb 
20

Mar 
20

Further to this, the Health and Safety 
Executive has confirmed there have been  
no breaches of their regulations – including 
for well integrity.

The report also commented on the need  
for hydrogen and carbon capture and storage, 
recommended by the CCC as essential in 
meeting the net zero target. 

In November 2019, the UK Government 
announced an effective moratorium on the 
process of hydraulic fracturing in England 
based on the analysis of one well, Cuadrilla’s 
PNR1 well in Lancashire, by the Oil and 
Gas Authority (OGA), until new evidence 
is provided. The OGA report found that 
susceptibility to seismicity depends strongly 
on a location's specific geology with the  
mere presence of faulting or the parameters 
of the injection possibly of less importance. 
Each site and basin can have substantially 
different geology.

”The design of the 
policy framework  
to reduce UK industry 
emissions must ensure 
it does not drive 
industry overseas, 
which would not 
help to reduce global 
emissions, and be 
damaging to the 
UK economy.”

Source: 
CCC Net Zero Report

A Written Ministerial Statement was issued 
that the Government will take a presumption 
against issuing any further Hydraulic 
Fracturing Consents. This position, an 
effective moratorium, will be maintained until 
compelling new evidence is provided which 
addresses the concerns around the prediction 
and management of induced seismicity. While 
future applications for Hydraulic Fracturing 
Consent will be considered on their own 
merits by the Secretary of State, in accordance 
with the law, the shale gas industry should 
take the Government’s position into account 
when considering new developments.

At the same time, the Government announced 
it will not be taking any of the consultations 
forward – NSIP, Permitted Development or 
community consultation.

The industry is confident it can demonstrate 
the differences between the various shale 
basins and intends to undertake a body of 
scientific work that will culminate in the 
submission of a Hydraulic Fracture Plan for 
a well in a basin that is known to be less 
geologically complex.

05

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsCHAIRMAN'S STATEMENT

Responding 
to a changing 
environment.

Cuth McDowell
Interim Non-executive 
Chairman

We continued to deliver on our strategic 
priorities and generated strong operating 
cash flow in 2019, alongside further reducing 
our financing costs through a $40 million 
Reserve Based Lending facility (RBL), which 
we secured in October 2019.

Nothwithstanding the uncertain political 
backdrop throughout the year and 
challenging operational conditions, we have 
delivered production well within guidance, 
made progress in advancing incremental 
production projects and made a potentially 
world-class gas discovery at our Springs Road 
well site. 

In November 2019, the UK Government 
announced an effective moratorium  
on hydraulic fracturing in Britain, based  
on analysis of one well in Lancashire  
by the OGA, until new scientific evidence 
is provided in respect of the impacts of 
seismicity during the process of hydraulic 
fracturing. We have been working, and 
will continue to work closely, with the 
relevant regulators to demonstrate that we 
can operate safely and environmentally 
responsibly. We have done this to date in our 
shale business, and across our existing c. 100 
conventional wells that have been operating 
onshore UK for many decades.

As an onshore operator, we have, and must 
continue to have, a deep understanding 
of the potential environmental impacts 
and any mitigating actions we must take. 
Each site and basin can have substantially 
different geology. The OGA report found that 
susceptibility to seismicity depends strongly 
on a location’s specific geology with the mere 
presence of faulting or the parameters of the 
injection possibly of less importance.

Whilst we are cognisant that the consumption 
of fossil fuels has an impact on the 
environment, we maintain that the oil and 
gas industry is an essential component 
in delivering secure, efficient and cost-
effective energy, as the world tries to 
balance its energy requirements, and is a 
key enabler in the transition to increased 
supply of renewable energy. Delivering a 
domestic source of affordable energy is key 
to a nation’s security of supply, growth of 
its economy, heating homes and making 
a contribution to satisfying the growth of 
energy demand.

We are committed to supporting the British 
Government’s target of reducing greenhouse 
gas emissions to net zero by 2050.

The CCC in its May 2019 report, clearly 
forecast a very significant UK gas demand  
out to 2050 and beyond – approximately 
70% of 2019 gas demand still existing in 
2050 in a net zero scenario. 

06

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Read more on  
page 10

Stakeholder engagement
IGas is committed to continuous 
engagement with all its 
stakeholders. 

Employees

Government & Regulators

Communities

”Thanks to all the 
support teams around 
the business; it is you 
supporting all these 
activities that enable 
us to achieve success.”

Trust can only be earned, and kept, if people 
see that we share their concerns and hopes 
for the future. They can only see that if we are 
transparent about what we do and why we 
do it. Transparency goes beyond publishing 
financial results; it is about being as open as 
we can be with all our stakeholders.

The more transparent we are about our 
activities, the better equipped our investors, 
communities and wider society are to decide 
whether we merit their trust. 

You can read more about our approach  
to sustainability on pages 30 to 34

Across the Company we strive to achieve 
the highest standards of health, safety 
and environmental protection. All of our 
production and drilling operations retained 
their ISO 14001 and 9001 certifications and 
we were awarded the ROSPA Presidents 
Award again, representing 13 years of 
commitment to Occupational Health  
and Safety.

Under the CCC’s recommended pathway to 
net zero CO2, this gas would be used as both  
a feedstock for making hydrogen and a 
backup supply for generating electricity, 
and they have recommended that we use 
domestically produced gas. Without new 
supplies of gas, it is expected that we will be 
importing over 80% of our gas requirements 
by 2050.

Engaging with communities local to our 
sites, and earning and maintaining our 
social licence to operate is imperative to our 
success as a business. We endeavour to build 
respectful, long term relationships and earn 
the trust of those who host our activities.

Board changes
In May 2019, Hans Årstad was appointed as a 
Non-executive Director, exercising the right of 
KKR to take a seat on the Board through their 
14.7% investment in IGas. We welcome Hans 
to the Board.

In October 2019, our Chairman, Mike McTighe 
stepped down for personal reasons. We thank 
Mike for his considerable contribution to the 
Company and valued leadership over the last 
three years.

People
All the teams around the business have 
worked incredibly hard during 2019. 
Production teams in keeping the volumes on 
track, finance and legal teams in securing the 
new RBL, our drilling and operational teams 
for the Springs Road well which was drilled 
significantly ahead of schedule and budget, 
and our lands, planning and project teams for 
securing permissions and advancing projects 
through to the execution phase. Thanks to all 
the support teams around the business; it is 
you supporting all these activities that enable 
us to achieve success.

Outlook
The Coronavirus pandemic is a deeply 
concerning international public health 
emergency which everyone hopes to see 
contained quickly. Our primary focus is  
the health and safety of our employees 
and other stakeholders and we have acted 
promptly in that regard.

We continue to monitor the situation closely 
and act within Government guidelines and 
to that end we have worked up a number of 
contingency plans should our operations be 
significantly affected by the Coronavirus.

In February 2020, the oil price began to be 
affected by the global spread of COVID-19 
and the resultant reduction in oil demand. 
This situation has since been compounded  
by the failure of OPEC to reach an agreement 
on constraining supply and the position of  
Saudi Arabia to increase output. 

Whilst we have better financial flexibility 
and a reduced overall cost of debt, we have 
re-evaluated our priorities in the short term 
to ensure we weather the current oil price 
disruption. However, if oil prices remain low 
for a prolonged period of time we cannot rule 
out future impacts on the business given the 
material uncertainty that currently exists.

In the longer term we will continue to drive 
to maximise our existing assets, many of 
which still have significant potential, whilst 
developing new assets to deliver future 
shareholder value, as we ensure IGas is an 
important part of the onshore UK energy 
transition. 

Cuth McDowell
Interim Non-executive Chairman

07

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsCREATING VALUE

Creating value 
through a 
robust strategy 
to capitalise  
on future 
energy  
potential. 

Our approach to 
sustainability aligns 
with a number 
of the United 
Nation’s Sustainable 
Development Goals. 

1

Responsible exploration

2 Responsible operations

Our vision is to build a long term 
material energy company in 
Britain in collaboration with the 
communities in which we operate 
and deliver value for all our 
stakeholders.

Despite the significant challenges 
we are currently faced with in 
respect to COVID-19 and the 
low oil price environment, our 
strategy remains clear and 
focused. It is our intention to 
deliver sustainable growth 
by focusing on exploiting 
our existing reserves, 
commercialising and developing 
our assets and converting 
resources into reserves.

The adoption of best available 
technologies to unlock value  
in our assets remains a key  
part of this.

Reserves & production growth

Established and stable conventional 
production base with a proven 
track record of significant reserves 
replacement.

Related risk factors

6.  Oil or gas production
9.  Pandemic
10.  Oil market price risk

1 2 3

UN  
SDG

Our resources & relationships

Our communities
We seek to build  
long term relationships  
with our stakeholders in the 
communities we operate in.

Our people
We constantly strive to develop 
our employees and their 
knowledge and skills.

Our regulators
In order to operate we must 
pass rigorous health and safety, 
environmental and planning 
permission processes. 

To read more 
see pages  
12 to 13

To read more 
see page 11

To read more 
see pages  
14 to 15

3 Responsible production

c. £1m

Funds that have been awarded to community projects 
since 2008, in the areas in which we operate

For more information visit:
sustainabledevelopment.un.org

08

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Developing a portfolio of 
growth opportunities

In-depth technical analysis and 
commercial evaluation help us  
to identify and advance the next 
generation of energy producing assets.

Local & national engagement

The way in which we conduct ourselves 
with our host communities and other  
key stakeholders and our record on 
health, safety and the environment,  
is crucial to our success as a business. 

Related risk factors

Related risk factors

5.  Planning, environmental, licensing and other  
  permitting risks
7.  Shale gas resources

1.  Exposure to political risk
5.  Planning, environmental, licensing and other  
  permitting risks

1 2

UN  
SDG

1 2 3

UN  
SDG

Continuous assessment

Risks and uncertainties
We constantly assess the 
risks facing our business 
and develop mitigation 
strategies.

Key Performance 
Indicators
The success of our 
business is measured 
against a series of KPIs.

ESG assessment
We are in the process 
of putting in place a 
framework to demonstrate 
our environmental and  
social competencies. 

To read more 
see pages  
26 to 29

To read more 
see pages  
24 to 25

To read more 
see pages  
30 to 34

Maintaining competitive 
advantage

Disciplined asset 
portfolio management

We focus on core, high 
potential areas and 
will relinquish licences 
that do not fit with our 
criteria for future value 
creation.

Integrated 
management tools and 
financial management

Controlling costs and 
managing operations 
efficiently allows us to 
manage the business 
effectively. 

Optimisation of assets

To optimise economic 
production we 
constantly seek 
initiatives to extend 
asset uptime and 
optimise our processes 
and costs whilst 
continuously monitoring 
and evaluating results.

Operating capability

We are a highly 
responsible onshore 
operator focused on 
achieving safe and 
sustainable operations 
and minimising 
environmental and 
social impacts.

2,325 boepd 80%

2,325 average boepd in 2019 from existing operations

c. 80% of our assets have digital monitoring capabilities

09

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
OUR STAKEHOLDERS

Engaging  
in a meaningful 
way with those 
who matter. 

IGas’s success depends on its ability to 
engage effectively and work constructively 
with stakeholders who have an interest in 
IGas and its operations.

Listening and responding to the views of 
our stakeholders helps IGas better achieve 
its business objectives and deliver optimum 
outcomes for its communities, regulators, 
employees and shareholders.

Interacting with these various groups is 
consistent with the ethos of Section 172 of 
the Companies Act 2006, which sets out that 
a director should have regard to stakeholder 
interests whilst discharging their duty to 
promote the success of the company.

IGas engages with a number of stakeholder 
groups – shareholders, Government and 
regulators, employees, communities and 
suppliers and contractors.

Government and Regulators 
IGas works constructively with the 
Government and regulators in the UK.

Our approach to public and regulatory affairs 
is to directly engage with policymakers 
and pursue positive and constructive 
relationships. We also collaborate as a 
group of operators through our industry 
body, UKOOG (United Kingdom Onshore Oil 
and Gas) to promote better and more open 
dialogue with key stakeholders.

Read more about our Regulators on  
pages 14 to 15

”Listening and 
responding to 
the views of our 
stakeholders 
helps IGas better 
achieve its business 
objectives and deliver 
optimum outcomes 
for its communities, 
regulators, employees 
and shareholders.”

10

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Employees 
We are committed to providing a working 
experience for our staff that offers equal 
opportunities, safe working conditions, 
competitive terms of employment and quality 
learning and development experiences. In 
doing so, we seek to attract, develop and 
retain the high-quality talent to drive the 
success of our business over the long term.

We want to continue to be an employer of 
choice, attracting and retaining the brightest 
and the best talent as our business adapts to 
a constantly changing business environment. 
A crucial part of this is behaving fairly and 
treating everyone equally because we believe 
that a diverse workforce makes us stronger 
and better equipped to meet the challenges 
of the future. 

We are committed to creating a business that 
better represents society as a whole, and 
want to attract more people from ethnically 
diverse backgrounds at different levels of our 
organisation.

Workforce diversity

17% 
(26/151)

19% 
(29/147)

We engage with our employees in a number 
of ways:

•  Workplace ‘town hall’ meetings;
•  Tool box talks (for operators in the field);
•  Suggestion boxes;
•  Employee newsletters;
•  Notice boards and electronic channels; and
•  Management site visits.

During 2019, we continued our ongoing 
training programmes, partnering with a  
new online provider to ensure variety in  
the scope and range of courses offered  
to our employees. Between July 2016 and 
December 2019 employees participated 
in over 50 different online safety-based 
courses, successfully completing over 4,000 
individual training assignments.  

11

Our values

Gender diversity

Board diversity

Respect

Excom diversity

2018

0% 
(0/5)

25% 
(2/8)

2019

0% 
(0/5)

25% 
(2/8)

”We are committed 
to open and 
transparent 
communications 
and listening and 
reacting to  
the concerns  
of the public.”

Communities 
The support of our local communities is  
a key component of our social licence to 
operate. The majority of our workforce lives 
and works in the areas in which we operate, 
and the strength of our relationships with 
local residents is vital to us.

Whilst communities are involved in 
the statutory process of planning and 
environmental permitting we seek to 
go beyond what is required of us from a 
regulatory perspective to better understand 
each community in which we operate.

We are committed to open and transparent 
communication and listening and reacting to 
the concerns of the public.

Read more about community engagement on 
pages 12 to 13

Respect is paramount, for 
our people, our environment, 
our partners and the safety 
of others.

Performance

Performing to the highest 
standards internally and 
externally and delivering 
against our targets.

Collaboration

We take on challenges 
and find solutions through 
mutual trust, knowledge 
sharing and teamwork.

Commitment

We are fully committed to 
preserving the environment 
and providing safe and 
healthy working conditions. 

Transparency

We are honest about what 
we do, how we do it and  
the challenges we face.  
We are open to challenge,  
to discussion and to 
improving how we work  
to reflect our values.

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsOUR STAKEHOLDERS continued

Our Communities

Why we interact
• To ensure that we act  
as a good neighbour;

• To support the 

sustainable socio-
economic welfare  
of the regions in  
which we operate;

• To address community 
needs, including social  
or environmental 
concerns; and
• To foster open 

and transparent 
communications 
between ourselves  
and the communities  
in which we operate.

UKOOG Community  
Engagement Signatory
IGas is a signatory to the UKOOG 
‘Shale Community Engagement 
Charter’, which outlines the steps the 
industry will take to address concerns 
around safety, noise, dust, truck 
movements and other environmental 
issues.

How we create value
IGas is committed to maintaining 
high standards of corporate 
governance through  
stakeholder engagement.

We choose to operate our business in a way 
that adds both financial and non-financial 
value to the communities where we work. 
For example, our policy is to buy goods 
and services locally, from our supply chain 
partners where possible. We aim to create 
jobs and opportunities nearby, thereby 
giving local economies a boost.

12

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Focus on

IGas Community 
Fund
During 2019, the IGas 
Community Fund  
awarded £50,000 to 
community projects.

Near Glentworth in Lincolnshire we 
made an award to the RAF Ingham 
Heritage Centre. The project, 
entirely undertaken by the Centre’s 
community volunteers, was to 
renovate the main visitor entrance 
and plant 15 metres of box hedging 
along the Memorial Pathway.

Royal Air Force Station Ingham was 
a grass airfield, used mainly by No1 
Group, Bomber Command, Royal 
Air Force and only ever existed 
during the Second World War. An 
enthusiastic group of local volunteers 
got together and formed the RAF 
Ingham Heritage Group in 2010. Their 
aim is to preserve the memories and 
deeds of those who had served and 
flown from the airfield during the 
war years by renovating the mess 
hall and cookhouse on the site. They 
eventually plan to open to the public 
as a memorial and museum to the 
Polish aircrew and groundcrew of 
Bomber Command who fought and 
gave their lives for our country.

IGas was delighted to donate to this 
important local piece of heritage.

In April 2019, IGas donated to 
KIDS Smile Centre in Waterlooville, 
Hampshire. Our support enabled 
them to purchase specialised musical 
equipment that allowed KIDS to 
deliver music therapy sessions for 
local disabled children and young 
people most in need.

The music therapy sessions benefit 
over 120 children and young people 
with a variety of disabilities, the 
majority being those coping with 
autism and sensory impairments. 
Music played as a group helped to 
develop a sense of self and a feeling 
of achievement and empowerment. 
Having a sense of group identity and 
togetherness is particularly important 
for this group whose needs are so 
often misunderstood.

13

How we interact
• Engage with individuals 
and organisations in the 
local communities from 
an early stage;

• Implement community 

liaison groups;

• Public consultation 

events;

• Online and offline 

materials;

• Site visits and 

educational sessions; and

• We sponsor the IGas  

Community Fund.

”Thank you to the 
IGas Community 
Fund for your 
support to our  
life changing work 
with disabled 
children and 
young people  
in Hampshire.”

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsOUR STAKEHOLDERS continued

Our Regulators

The UK is recognised 
as a leading example 
for oil and gas industry 
regulation.

Onshore oil and gas 
regulation is handled  
by four separate bodies.

The Health and Safety Regulator
The Health and Safety Executive (HSE) 
monitors oil and gas operations from a 
well integrity and site safety perspective. 
It ensures that safe working practices are 
adopted by onshore operators as required 
under the Health and Safety at Work 
Act 1974, and regulations made under  
the Act.

HSE works closely with the environment 
regulator and the Department for Business, 
Energy and Industrial Strategy to share 
relevant information on such activities 
and to ensure that there are no material 
gaps between the safety, environmental 
protection and planning authorisation 
considerations, and that all material  
concerns are addressed.

14

The Environmental Regulator
The role of environment regulation is 
handled by the Environment Agency (EA). 

Onshore oil and gas exploratory activities 
require environmental permits issued under 
the Environmental Permitting Regulations 
(EPR 2010) and other permissions from the 
environmental regulator, depending on the 
methods used and the geology of the site. 

The environmental regulator is also a 
statutory consultee during the planning 
application conducted by the Mineral 
Planning Authority (MPA) and also in the 
assessment of the Environmental Impact 
Assessment if this is required.

BEIS/Oil & Gas Authority
Under the Petroleum Act of 1998,  
the Crown has all ownership rights 
to hydrocarbon resources in the UK. 
Responsibility for administration on behalf  
of the Crown falls to the Secretary of State 
for the Department for Business, Energy  
and Industrial Strategy (BEIS), supported  
by the Oil and Gas Authority (OGA) as  
an independent body.

BEIS issues a ‘Petroleum Exploration and 
Development Licence’ (PEDL), which gives 
a company or group of companies (a joint 
venture) exclusive rights to explore for,  
and develop, the resource in a particular 
defined area.

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Mineral Planning Authority (MPA)
Mineral Planning Authorities (as part of local 
councils) grant planning permission for the 
location of any wells and well pads, and 
impose conditions to ensure that the impact 
on the use of the land is acceptable.

The planning system controls the 
development and use of land in the public 
interest. This includes ensuring that any 
new development is appropriate for its 
location. This takes into account the effects 
(including cumulative effects) of potential 
pollution on health, the natural environment 
or general amenity. In doing so, the focus 
of the planning system is on whether the 
application is an acceptable use of the  
land, and the impacts of those uses. Any 
control processes, health and safety issues or 
emissions themselves are then subject  
to the approval of the other regulators.

How we engage
We engage with Government 
departments and regulatory 
bodies to ensure that we meet or 
exceed the appropriate regulatory 
standards.

We are subject to regular onsite 
inspections both scheduled and 
unannounced to ensure we are 
always fully compliant.

15

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsCHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT

Providing 
a secure 
supply of 
energy 
responsibly.

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

16

Introduction 
I am pleased to report a solid set of results 
for 2019, which reflect a good operational 
performance across the business and 
continued progress delivering our strategy of 
optimising our existing assets and seeking to 
provide future energy solutions through our 
world-class shale gas discovery at Springs 
Road in the Gainsborough Trough.

In October 2019, we signed a $40 million 
RBL with BMO Capital Markets (BMO). The 
facility reduces our overall cost of debt and 
provides the financial flexibility for continued 
investment into our conventional portfolio to 
grow our production over the coming years. 

Read more detail in the Financial Review  
on pages 20 to 23

Over recent weeks we have witnessed  
an unprecedented global situation in  
the form of COVID-19 combined with 
depressed oil prices.

Currently, the Group’s operations continue 
to function as normal. Of our 148 employees, 
those that are able to work from home have 
been doing so, in a phased way, since early 
March 2020. We have approximately 65% 
of staff who are in operational roles and 
have been identified as key workers by the 
Government.  

Many of these are 'lone' workers who 
had already been ‘identified, trained and 
equipped’ pre-COVID-19 so the pandemic 
does not represent a significant change to 
existing procedures or protocols.

In respect of IGas’s operational sites, our 
facilities are designed with operational 
control provisions that ensure safe and 
compliant operation within the normal 
operational envelope and automated 
shutdown functionality should there be 
an unexpected excursion outside of these 
routine conditions. In addition to these local 
control and shutdown systems, IGas has 
the ability to monitor the site operations 
from remote locations utilising its digital 
systems which allow efficient intervention 
by operational and maintenance staff to 
be coordinated alongside the standard 
monitoring visits that are conducted by  
our staff. 

However, the inbuilt control systems are able 
to make any site and well safe without the 
need for human intervention and we continue 
to liaise with all our regulators.

Whilst we are reliant on transporting oil to  
UK refineries, we have significant capacity  
for managing our production inventory.  
All key contractors in terms of transport and 
refineries are also classified as key workers.

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Operating review 
Production  
Production for the year was 2,325  
boepd which was in the upper end  
of the production target range of  
2,200-2,400 boepd.

Production in our East Midlands assets 
benefited from the success of waterflood 
and optimisation activities conducted 
in 2018, alongside 2019 projects being 
brought online ahead of schedule and 
wells performing in the upper range of 
expectation. These efforts resulted in not 
only the complete offset of the annual 
decline rate but an uplift of overall 
production for the year compared to that 
delivered in 2018. These results were also 
mirrored in our southern operations, where 
following the successful completion of our 
routine maintenance and integrity programs, 
and the implementation of a series of 
optimisation works we were also able to 
finish 2019 at a higher production rate than 
that delivered in 2018. Our Gas to Wire and 
Gas to Grid facility at Albury continued to 
improve during 2019 and by the close of the 
year we were capable of achieving a peak 
maximum daily production rate of c. 200 
boepd from the combined export streams.

Reserves and resources 
Independent reserves  
and resources evaluations 
In February 2020, IGas announced the 
publication of the full and final results of 
the Competent Persons Report (CPR) by 
DeGolyer & MacNaughton (D&M), a leading 
international reserves and resources auditor.

The report comprised an independent 
evaluation of IGas' conventional oil and gas 
interests as of 31 December 2019. 

The full report can be found on the IGas 
website www.igasplc/investors/publications-
and-reports

The report confirms a continuing high 
reserves replacement of 2P reserves of 
approximately 277% (1P ~192%) reflecting 
the good performance of our production 
assets and progression of projects 
demonstrating the significant upside  
that remains in our conventional portfolio. 
IGas has a track record of significant  
reserves replacement with a three-year 
average of over 200%.

The Company’s estimated base-case project 
economics have an IRR of over 100% and 
a NPV10 of c. £7.0 million*. Positive well 
integrity and injectivity tests allowed full 
sanction of the project in the third quarter of 
2019, with engineering activities, regulatory 
approvals and long lead items all being 
progressed in line with the project schedule, 
with full completion planned by the summer 
of 2020.

This independent report valued our 
conventional assets at c. $180 million on a 
2P NPV10 basis, an increase of $20 million 
compared to 2018 (based on forward oil 
curve of 2020 $61.78/bbl; 2021 $58.39/bbl; 
2022 $56.97/bbl; 2023 $56.54/bbl; 2024 
$57.67/bbl).

This is part of the wider Welton Full Field 
Development and as well as increasing 
production, will aid in de-risking further 
injection projects into other areas of the 
field and provide critical infrastructure to 
assist with water disposal and support future 
rationalisation work across Welton sites.

We have continued to mature other projects 
across the portfolio as we seek to maximise 
returns on our existing operations and 
infrastructure and will flex our capital 
spending plans, if and when the oil price 
improves from its current depressed level. 

For example, Bletchingley is a Gas 
Monetisation, Gas to Wire project which 
recently received planning approval. The 
project involves the installation of up to 
6MW of electrical generation capability 
at the Bletchingley Central site fuelled by 
gas from the Bletchingley 2 well, which is 
currently suspended. However, in light of 
the current oil price, we have reduced our 
expenditure in progressing projects such 
as this significantly and will not take this 
project further forward until energy prices 
improve.

As part of our ongoing active portfolio 
management, we relinquished two non-core 
PEDLs in the East Midlands, PEDL 137 and 
PEDL 337.

Development – Conventional 
We continue to mature our production 
portfolio opportunities and achieved 
final approvals for our Scampton North 
Waterflood project during the first half of 
2019. This c. £2.0 million project to install 
water injection capability and convert a 
suspended well into a water injector has 
advanced significantly during the year, with 
the project remaining on schedule and 
budget ready to deliver initial production 
in the summer of 2020. This secondary 
recovery project (waterflood) is forecast to 
double the current output of the field to over 
200 bopd and increase the ultimate recovery 
from the field. The D&M CPR estimated 
180 Mbbl of incremental 2P (Proved plus 
Probable Undeveloped) reserves and our 
mid-case economics for the project have an 
IRR of over 40% and a NPV of £2.5 million*.

Following the success of the first phase 
of the Welton waterflood project the 
technical team recommended an additional 
opportunity in the southern section of 
the Welton Field in the Tupton & Deep 
Hard Rock Reservoirs. The project involves 
converting a suspended production well 
(WC01) to a water injector to improve 
reservoir sweep and increase field recovery 
by c. 660 Mbbl (2P reserves) with a peak 

incremental production rate of c. 100 bopd. ”Natural gas is one  

IGas group net reserves and contingent  
resources as at 31 Dec 2019 (MMboe)

Reserves and resources as at 31 Dec 2018

Production during the period

Total change during the period

1P

2P

2C

9.78

14.56

19.20

(0.84)

(0.84)

–

1.61

2.33

0.40

Reserves and resources as at 31 Dec 2019

10.55

16.05

19.60

of the mainstays  
of global energy. 
Where it replaces 
more polluting fuels, 
it improves air quality 
and limits emissions  
of carbon dioxide.”
Dr Fatih Birol,  
IEA Executive Director

*  Which assumes a long-term oil price of $55/bbl.

17

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
Moving resources to reserves 
Significant exploration potential exists in our 
prospective resources. 

In early July 2019, we announced plans for 
a proposed new site in the Weald basin on 
PEDL 235, which IGas owns and operates 
100%. The intention is to drill up to two 
wells to explore and evaluate the resource 
potential of both the Portland Sandstones 
and the Kimmeridge Micrites.

The Portland Sandstone has an existing gas 
discovery* and technical studies conducted 
by the IGas team have concluded that 
there is significant upside potential for the 
Portland reservoir to be considerably larger 
with five to ten MMboe of recoverable gas. 
Additionally, the underlying Kimmeridge 
Micrite formations, has the potential for a 
large additional resource. 

Work has temporarily ceased on this project, 
but when energy prices improve we will 
seek to submit a planning application given 
the significant returns available. As part of 
the planning process, IGas would undertake 
community consultation to take account 
of feedback from local residents before 
submitting the full planning application.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT continued

Development – Shale  
We mobilised a drill rig and ancillary 
equipment to our Springs Road site in North 
Nottinghamshire in early January 2019 and 
spudded the well on 22 January 2019. In 
mid-February 2019, we encountered shales 
on prognosis, at c. 2,200 metres depth and 
drilled through a significant hydrocarbon 
bearing shale sequence, including the  
Upper and Lower Gainsborough Shale.

The well sought to assess three target zones: 
the Gainsborough Shale; the Millstone Grit 
and the Arundian Shale. All three targets 
were encountered, with c. 400 metres  
of Gainsborough Shale, the primary target, 
with key shale attributes such as Total 
Organic Content, kerogen type and clay 
content akin to world-class shale plays 
observed in North America. 

IGas acquired 147 metres of core within 
the Gainsborough Shale, the first extensive 
core sample from this basin, which has 
subsequently been analysed by Stratum 
Reservoir (formerly Weatherford Labs) in 
their laboratories in both the UK and the 
USA. The results from the core analysis 
confirm that a nationally significant 
hydrocarbon resource is present in the 
Gainsborough Trough. 

The key characteristics of the Gainsborough 
Shale in the SR-01 well compare favourably 
to commercial shale operations observed 
in North America such as the Eagle Ford, 
Barnett and the Marcellus. The core results 
indicate a mature, organic rich source rock 
with good porosity confirming favourable 
gas resource density, and, additionally, 
the low clay content in large sections of 
the Gainsborough Shale is an encouraging 
indication of the suitability for effective 
hydraulic fracture stimulation.

The analysis we have undertaken will help 
delineate the resource potential and help 
refine the subsequent appraisal programme. 
Working with our joint venture partners, 
IGas will now consider the attributes of the 
data set alongside a reprocessed 3D seismic 
for the area. This will allow us to commence 
planning for both a future potential appraisal 
programme and a pilot development within 
the Gainsborough Trough, a geologically well 
understood and quiescent basin.

As well as obtaining extremely positive 
geological results, the two well drilling 
programme was highly successful 
operationally. Both wells were drilled 
significantly under budget, principally due 
to faster than expected drilling and coring 
rates. The Springs Road well, the deepest 
penetration into the Gainsborough Trough 
to date, was 25% under budget, despite 
obtaining 50% more core than planned. 

18

Through our local sourcing programme, our 
direct East Midlands spend through the two 
well drilling programme was in excess of 
£10 million, supporting local, skilled jobs. 
Throughout operations we were compliant 
with all stringent planning permissions and 
environmental permits for both sites and 
have been commended on the high standard 
of our operations by regulators and the local 
community. Whilst protest did occur during 
the drilling of the well at Springs Road, the 
level of protest was negligible and generally 
took the form of monitoring as opposed to 
obstruction.

The well that was drilled at Tinker Lane, 
which delineated the southern extent of 
the Gainsborough Trough, was plugged and 
abandoned earlier in the year and the site 
was fully restored to farmland and handed 
back to the landowner in September 2019, 
ahead of schedule.

In the North West, the Ellesmere Port 
appeal was recovered by the Secretary 
of State (SoS) at the end of June 2019 
in order to determine a decision. The 
Planning Inspectorate then set a deadline 
for the report and recommendation by the 
inquiry inspector of 23 January 2020. The 
recommendation was sent to the SoS in early 
January 2020 and a decision was expected 
around 8 April 2020. We have been informed 
that, similar to other decisions, this has now 
been delayed until further notice.

In November 2019, the UK Government 
announced an effective moratorium on the 
process of hydraulic fracturing in England 
based on a report by the OGA which found 
that it is not currently possible to accurately 
predict the probability or magnitude of 
earthquakes linked to fracking operations. 
The report found that susceptibility to 
seismicity depends strongly on a location's 
specific geology with the mere presence of 
faulting or the parameters of the injection 
possibly of less importance. Each site and 
basin can have substantially different 
geology.

The Company operates multiple licences 
across the East Midlands and in the North 
West. In the East Midlands along with the 
OGA, we are seeking to simplify and focus 
the various work programmes so that more 
rapid and directed appraisal and then 
development of the shale resource can take 
place. As such all licences are now on 2014 
model clauses and have linked work plans. 

The OGA has granted three-year extensions 
to the initial terms on the following 14th 
Round, Company operated licences: PEDL 
189, PEDL 235, PEDL 257, PEDL 273, PEDL 
278, PEDL 305, PEDL 316 and PEDL 326.

* 

IGas 2C resources includes c. 1.4 MMBoe www.igasplc.
com/media/39949/DM-CPR-IGas-Reserves-and-Resources-
as-of-31-December-2018.pdf.

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019I am proud of our response, as a business, to 
the COVID-19 pandemic and want to thank 
all our colleagues for their professionalism 
and ‘can do’ attitude in such difficult times. 
We continue to monitor and respond to the 
situation as it develops and believe that we 
will come out of this a stronger and more 
cohesive Company than ever before.

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

Focus on

Our production  
in 2019
We currently operate  
28 fields with some  
80 sites around the 
country, producing 
predominantly oil.

28

We currently operate 28 fields

80

80 sites around the country, 
producing predominantly oil

”Projects, particularly 
on existing sites, offer 
good returns with 
reduced risk and 
minimal incremental 
operating costs and 
we look forward to 
bringing forward 
further projects as 
energy prices improve.”

Diversifying our energy portfolio 
IGas has a wide land portfolio across 
the East Midlands and the Weald basin 
where our well sites, gathering centres 
and pipelines are located. As a part of 
broadening the Company’s approach to 
energy production, not least in light of its 
intentions to play an important role in the 
UK’s energy transition, work has commenced 
on assessing various sites for their suitability 
for electricity generation and storage as well 
as biomethane production. Given the current 
energy price environment we do not see 
these projects coming to fruition in the  
short term.

Outlook 
Given the fall in oil prices we have reviewed 
our capital expenditure programme for 
the year and reduced it principally to 
maintenance capex, abandonment and 
capital for projects already in execution. 
We will continue to review our priorities to 
ensure we weather any prolonged depressed 
oil price scenario. There remains, however, 
material uncertainty of the potential impact 
of COVID-19 on the Group’s operational 
activities, future commodity prices and the 
outcome of the May 2020 redetermination 
of the RBL.

The greater than 250% 2P reserves 
replacement demonstrates the significant 
upside in our conventional portfolio and we 
continue to identify and progress projects 
with short-term growth potential and good 
returns even in this oil price environment. 

The UK currently imports in excess of 50% 
of its energy requirements. As we transition 
to becoming independent from the EU and 
focus on our climate change ambitions, 
there is a growing need to develop domestic 
energy sources, including oil and gas, which 
have both economic and environmental 
advantages, compared to imports.

Whilst there is a clear need for oil and gas in 
a 2050 net zero environment, we have also 
begun to look at ways of maximising returns 
from our sites and high grading for potential 
opportunities for electricity generation, 
storage and biomethane production, as 
we seek to ensure IGas positions itself as 
a flexible deliverer of a variety of energy 
sources to the UK.

19

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsFINANCIAL REVIEW

Investing 
with the 
focus of 
delivering 
returns.

Julian Tedder
Chief Financial Officer

 ”We were extremely 
pleased to sign a  
$40 million RBL with 
BMO in October 2019. 
The facility will reduce 
our overall cost of 
debt and provides the 
financial flexibility for 
continued investment 
into our conventional 
portfolio to grow our 
production over the 
coming years.”

Results for the year 
During 2019, the average monthly price of 
Brent crude ranged between $59/bbl and 
$71/bbl. The lower average price of $64/bbl 
for the year versus $71/bbl for 2018 had a 
negative impact on our revenues. The average  
GBP/USD exchange rate for the year was  
£1: $1.28 (2018: £1: $1.34) which positively 
impacted revenue for the year.

• Other costs of sales decreased to £20.5 
million (2018: £21.9 million). Operating  
costs were £1.4 million lower than the prior 
year due to the capitalisation of operating 
lease costs of £1.7 million on adoption of 
IFRS 16 and a refund for rent and rates.  
The decrease was partially offset by an 
increase in regulatory, production and 
workover costs;

For the year ended 31 December 2019 
adjusted EBITDA was £13.8 million (2018: 
£10.8 million) whilst a loss was recognised 
from continuing activities after tax of £49.8 
million (2018: loss £21.4 million). The main 
factors driving the movements between the 
years were as follows: 

• Revenues decreased to £40.9 million  
(2018: £42.9 million) principally due to 
lower oil prices and a 3% decrease in  
oil sales volumes. The decrease was 
partially offset by a weaker average  
Sterling to US Dollar exchange rate  
and increased gas sales from our Albury 
field which commenced production  
in November 2018;

• Administrative expenses decreased by  
£1.0 million to £4.5 million (2018: £5.5 
million). A continued focus on costs  
resulted in lower staff, external  
consultants and premises costs;

• The £53.9 million exploration expense 
relates primarily to our shale assets in 
the North West. In November 2019, the 
UK Government announced an effective 
moratorium on the process of hydraulic 
fracturing in England. We will now work 
with industry partners and Government and 
should the moratorium be lifted we would 
focus on our core area of the Gainsborough 
Trough in the short to medium term 
(2018: £29.1 million related to PEDL 145 
Doe Green, an Albury well and various 
relinquished licences);

20

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019• Goodwill of £4.8 million relating to the 
acquisition of Dart shale assets has 
been written-off due to the moratorium 
announced by the Government in  
November 2019; and

• A tax credit of £9.3 million was recognised 
mainly due to the recognition of a deferred 
tax asset relating to ring-fence tax losses 
(2018: a tax credit of £3.7 million mainly due 
to the recognition of a deferred tax asset 
relating to ring-fence tax losses).

Income statement 
The Group recognised revenues of £40.9 
million for the year (2018: £42.9 million). 
Group production for the year averaged 
2,325 boepd (2018: 2,258 boepd). Revenues 
included £2.4 million (2018: £2.4 million) 
relating to the sale of third party oil, the bulk 
of which is processed through our gathering 
centre at Holybourne in the Weald Basin. 

The average pre-hedge realised price for 
the year was $61.7/bbl (2018: $67.0/bbl) 
and post-hedge $60.1/bbl (2018: $57.4/
bbl). A loss of £1 million was realised on 
hedges during the year primarily relating 
to the premium cost of puts (2018: realised 
loss of £5.5 million). The average GBP/USD 
exchange rate for the year was £1: $1.28 
(2018: £1: $1.34) which positively impacted 
revenue for the year.

Cost of sales for the year were £29.6 million 
(2018: £28.8 million) including depreciation, 
depletion and amortisation (DD&A) of £9.1 
million (2018: £6.8 million), and operating 
costs of £20.5 million (2018: £21.9 million). 
Operating costs were £1.4 million lower than 
the prior year due to a decrease relating 
to the re-classification of operating leases 
under IFRS 16 of £1.7 million and a refund for 
rent and rates, partially offset by an increase 
in regulatory, production and workover costs. 
Operating costs include a cost of £2.2 million 
(2018: £2.3 million) relating to third party oil. 
The contribution received from processing 
this third party oil was £0.2 million (2018: 
£0.2 million). 

Operating costs per barrel of oil equivalent 
(boe) were £23.6 ($30.1), excluding third 
party costs (2018: £23.6 ($31.9) per boe). 

Focus on

New debt facility 
signed
IGas signed a $40 
million senior secured 
RBL with BMO in  
October 2019.

In addition to the committed $40 
million RBL, a further $20 million 
accordion facility is available on 
an uncommitted basis, subject 
to new bank commitments. The 
RBL has a five-year term, an 
interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.0% 
and matures in September 2024. 
The RBL is subject to a semi-
annual redetermination in May 
and November when the loan 
availability will be recalculated 
taking into account forecast 
commodity prices, remaining 
field reserves (assessed by an 
independent reserves auditor 
annually) and the latest forecast 
of operating and capital costs. 
The Company also exercised 
its call option and issued a 
redemption notice with respect 
to all outstanding bonds (Secured 
Bonds) pursuant to the 10%. 
IGas Energy PLC Senior Secured 
Callable Bond Issue 2013/2018 
– ISIN NO 001 0673791. The 
Secured Bonds were redeemed 
at par value (100%) plus accrued 
interest on the redeemed amount 
up until, but not including, 
the settlement date of the call 
option on 19 November 2019. 
The proceeds from the new RBL 
were used to repay the Secured 
Bonds and will be used to fund 
development opportunities in the 
conventional portfolio and for 
general corporate purposes. 

The reduction was due to lower absolute 
operating costs and higher production 
volumes. 

Adjusted EBITDA in the year was £13.8 
million (2018: £10.8 million). Gross profit 
for the year was £11.3 million (2018: £14.2 
million). Administrative costs decreased 
by £1.0 million to £4.5 million (2018: £5.5 
million) principally due to a reduction  
in staff, external consultants and  
premises costs.

Exploration costs written-off of £53.9 million 
relates to our shale assets in the North West 
as we plan to focus on our core area of the 
Gainsborough Trough in the short to medium 
term (2018: £29.1 million).

Net finance costs were £3.4 million (2018: 
£3.9 million) primarily related to interest 
on borrowings of £1.9 million (2018: £1.9 
million) and the unwinding of discount on 
provisions of £1.3 million (2018: £1.1 million), 
finance charges relating to right-of-use 
assets of £0.7 million (2018: £nil), offset by 
a net foreign exchange gain of £0.3 million, 
principally on US dollar denominated debt 
and bank balances (2018: loss of £0.9 
million). A loss of £0.7 million was incurred 
relating to the refinancing of debt including 
the write-off of costs relating to the bond 
which had previously been capitalised.

The Group made a loss on oil price 
derivatives of £3.3 million for the year  
due to the premiums on options placed in 
2019 and an increase in underlying prices 
impacting hedges placed in 2018 (2018:  
loss £0.7 million) and a gain on foreign 
exchange hedges of £0.3 million (2018:  
loss £0.2 million).

A tax credit of £9.3 million was recognised 
mainly due to the recognition of a deferred 
tax asset relating to an increase in the 
recoverability of ring-fence tax losses (2018: 
a tax credit of £3.7 million mainly due to the 
recognition of a deferred tax asset relating to 
ring-fence tax losses).

Cash flow 
Net cash generated from operating activities 
for the year was £12.0 million (2018: £12.9 
million). The decrease was primarily due  
to lower revenue and an increase in  
working capital, offset by a decrease in 
administrative expenses and lower  
payments to counterparties in respect  
of realised hedges.

The Group invested £6.4 million across its 
asset base during the year (2018: £10.6 
million). £3.7 million was invested in our 
conventional assets including the Scampton 
North Waterflood project, the Welton water 
injection project and the installation of 
gas pump compressors in additional sites, 
resulting in additional production during  
the year.  

21

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsFINANCIAL REVIEW continued

We continued to invest in new projects to 
increase production across our existing sites. 
We invested £2.7 million in unconventional 
assets in relation to our shale development 
programme including the Group’s net share 
of the cost of drilling a vertical well at Tinker 
Lane and costs to progress the Ellesmere 
Port planning appeal.

The Group also continued its abandonment 
programme and spent £1.8 million on 
abandoning five wells during the year.

Following a successful refinancing, IGas 
repaid £21.4 million ($27.6 million) of 
principal on its Norwegian bond borrowings 
to bondholders during the year (2018: repaid 
£1.7 million ($2.3 million)).

The Group made a net drawdown of £14.7 
million ($19.0 million) on its new RBL. IGas 
paid £2.0 million ($2.6 million) in interest 
(2018: £1.8 million ($2.3 million)). 

To protect against the volatile oil price the 
Group places commodity hedges for a period 
of up to 12 months. As at 31 December 2019, 
the Group had hedged a total of 420,000 
bbls for 2020, using a combination of puts 
(292,500 bbls at an average downside 
protected price of $51.4/bbl) and fixed  
price swaps (127,500 bbls at an average 
fixed price of $58.7/bbl). 

At 31 December 2019, the Group’s oil 
derivative instruments had a net negative 
fair value of £0.2 million (2018: net positive 
fair value of £2.2 million). 

Borrowings decreased from £21.0 million 
to £13.1 million following the refinancing 
carried out during the year as, under the 
new financing arrangements, there is no 
requirement to maintain a minimum cash 
balance and repayments can be made in  
the short-term using excess cash.

Net debt at the year-end, being the nominal 
value of borrowings less cash and cash 
equivalents, was £6.2 million (2018:  
£6.4 million).

Disposal of non-core fields 
As announced in July 2019, we were unable to 
agree a transaction with Onshore Petroleum 
Limited and consequently all non-core assets 
will now remain with IGas. 

Going concern 
The Group continues to closely monitor and 
manage its liquidity risks. Cash forecasts for 
the Group are regularly produced based on, 
inter alia, management's best estimate of:

•  The Group's production and expenditure 

forecasts; 

•  Future oil prices;
•  The level of available facilities under the 

Cash and cash equivalents were £8.2 million 
at the end of the year (2018: £15.1 million).

Group’s RBL; and 

•  Foreign exchange rates. 

Balance sheet 
Net assets decreased by £48.6 million 
to £113.1 million at 31 December 2019 
(2018: £161.7 million), mainly related to an 
impairment of intangible exploration and 
evaluation assets and goodwill of £58.7 
million, offset by an income tax credit of  
£9.3 million.

Changes to the estimate of decommissioning 
costs following an internal review increased 
both assets and liabilities by £7.7 million. 

The Group adopted IFRS 16 Leases 
(effective 1 January 2019) resulting in the 
capitalisation of leasing costs of £7.7 million 
and the recognition of a lease liability of  
£7.2 million as at 31 December 2019  
(see note 13).

At 31 December 2019, the Group has a 
combined carried gross work programme 
of up to $214 million (£161 million) (2018: 
$220 million (£170 million)) from its partner, 
INEOS Upstream Limited. In 2019, £7.3 
million (2018: £9.2 million) gross costs were 
carried, principally in relation to activities at 
Springs Road, which have not been included 
in the additions to intangible exploration 
and evaluation assets during the year.

22

Sensitivities are run to reflect different 
scenarios including, but not limited to, 
possible further reductions in commodity 
prices, strengthening of sterling and 
reductions in forecast oil and gas  
production rates. 

In the first quarter of 2020, the oil price 
has been affected by the global spread of 
COVID-19 and the resultant reduction in oil 
demand. 

This situation has since been compounded 
by the failure of OPEC to reach an agreement 
on constraining supply and the decision of 
several countries to increase output. At the 
date of this report, there remains significant 
uncertainty over the impact of COVID-19 on 
future global demand for oil and therefore the 
price of oil. 

The ability of the Group to operate as a going 
concern is dependent upon future oil prices 
and foreign exchange rates as they impact 
the continued generation of future cash flows 
and the loan facility available under its RBL 
(which is redetermined semi-annually based 
on various parameters including oil price and 
level of reserves) and is also dependent on 
the Group not breaching its RBL covenants.  
To mitigate these risks, the Group benefits 
from its hedging policy with 420,000 bbls 
hedged at an average minimum price of 
$53.6/bbl for 2020. The Group also has $12 
million of foreign exchange hedges in place  
at rates between $1.17-$1.20:£1 for the  
period to 30 June 2021. 

Furthermore, the Group’s net reserves 
position has increased by 1.5 mmboe during 
2019 which will partially offset any impact  
of lower prices in its RBL at the next 
redetermination in May 2020.

Management has considered the impact of 
the COVID-19 global crisis on the Group’s 
operations. We continue to monitor the 
situation closely and act within Government 
guidelines and have a number of contingency 
plans in place should our operations be 
significantly affected by COVID-19. Many of 
our sites are remotely manned and at this 
stage we are well equipped as a business to 
ensure we maintain business continuity. Our 
production comes from a large number of 
wells in a variety of locations (all of which are 
on land and in the UK) and we have flexibility 
in our off-take arrangements, as we transport 
oil via road. In this regard, we continue to 
liaise and co-operate with all the relevant 
regulators. 

The Group’s base case going concern model 
was run with average oil prices of $32/
bbl for April to December 2020 rising to 
$45/bbl from January 2021 and a foreign 
exchange rate of $1.20:£1 during the 
period. Our forecasts show that the Group 
will have sufficient financial headroom to 
meet its financial covenants based on the 
existing RBL, as well as an estimate, based 
on management’s knowledge and past 
experience, of the outcome of the next half-
yearly redetermination due in May 2020, 
and the following redetermination date in 
December 2020, albeit the level of the facility 
available to us is dependent on the facility 
provider, BMO, and is beyond our control.

Given the uncertainties described above, 
the level of Group revenues and availability 
of facilities under the RBL are inherently 
uncertain. As such management has also 
prepared a downside forecast with the 
following assumptions:

•  Oil prices at $20/bbl in the second quarter 
of 2020 rising to $30/bbl in the fourth 
quarter of 2020 and $43-$45/bbl in 2021. 
As this assumption is lower than external 
current forward curves, management 
considers this is a reasonable downside 
scenario that reflects further potential 
reductions in price caused by the failure 
of OPEC to reach an agreement on 
constraining supply and lower demand 
from reduced industrial activity caused 
by COVID-19. This downside is partially 
mitigated by the commodity hedges the 
Group has in place. However, oil price is 
outside the Company’s control and this 
could be lower should there be further 
market disruption either from COVID-19,  
or OPEC disagreements;

•  No change to the level of available RBL 
loan facility during the forecast period 
as this reflects longer-term oil price 
assumptions that have been considered  
in conjunction with recent discussions  
with the RBL provider;

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 201931 December 
2019 
£m

31 December 
2018 
£m

Key financial statistics

Revenues

Adjusted EBITDA1

Underlying operating profit1

Loss after tax

Net cash from operating activities

Net debt2

Cash and cash equivalents

Net assets

Realised price per barrel

2019 
£m

40.9

13.8

4.6

(49.8

)

12.0

6.2

8.2

2018 
£m

42.9

10.8

4.0

(21.4

)

12.9

6.4

15.1

113.1

161.7

Net debt at year-end

Debt (nominal value excluding  
capitalised expenses)

Cash and cash equivalents

Net Debt

Adjusted EBITDA

Loss before tax

Net finance costs

Loss on refinancing

$60.1

Realised price per barrel

Depletion, depreciation and amortisation

Impairments/write-offs

EBITDA

Lease rentals capitalised under IFRS 16

Share-based payment charges

$23.0  Net back to IGas per BOE

Unrealised loss/(gain) on hedges

$7.0  G&A per BOE

Adjusted EBITDA

$22.2  Other operating cost  

(underlying)

$4.5   Well services

Underlying operating profit

$3.4  Transportation and storage

Operating loss

1  Adjusted EBITDA and Underlying Operating Profit are considered by the Company to  

be a useful additional measure to help understand underlying performance.
2  Net debt is borrowings less cash and cash equivalents excluding capitalised fees.

Operating lease rentals capitalised under 
IFRS 16

Share-based payment charge

Impairments/write-offs

Unrealised loss/(gain) on hedges

Underlying operating profit

)
(14.4

8.2

)
(6.2

2019 
£m

(59.1
)

3.4

0.7

9.4

58.7

12.9

(2.0
)

0.8

2.1

13.8

2019 
£m

(55.0

)

(2.0

)

0.8

58.7

2.1

4.6

(21.5

)

15.1

(6.4

)

2018 
£m

(25.1

)

3.8

–

6.9

29.1

14.7

–

0.8

(4.7

)

10.8

2018 
£m

(21.2

)

–

0.8

29.1

(4.7

)

4.0

•  A reduction in production of 10% to 

•  Includes the impact of action management 

reflect a disruption risk to operational 
and production related activities from the 
COVID-19 crisis. As the Group is providing 
a government designated essential 
service and due to the large number of 
operational wells, the impact of COVID-19 
on production has to date been very 
limited and has been assumed to remain so 
as management does not currently foresee 
wells needing to be shut down due to the 
impact of COVID-19. Management therefore 
considers this assumption represents a 
reasonable downside in this uncertain time 
based on management’s experience of 
previous unplanned shut downs;

•  Exchange rates of $1.20:£1 for 2020 and 
$1.25:£1 for 2021 to reflect a downside 
caused by the weakening of the dollar later 
in the period. This downside is partially 
mitigated by the currency hedges the 
Group has in place; and

could take to reduce cash outflow, 
including delaying capital expenditure and 
additional reductions in costs in order to 
remain within the Company's debt liquidity 
covenants based on the Group’s expected 
RBL redeterminations in May 2020 and 
December 2020. All such mitigating actions 
are within management's control and could 
be actioned within the required time frame. 

In this downside scenario, our forecast shows 
that the Group will have sufficient liquidity 
and financial headroom to meet its financial 
covenants for the 12 months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements. However, 
should oil price or demand (and therefore 
revenue) fall further, the Company may not 
have sufficient funds available for 12 months 
from the date of approval of these financial 
statements. As a result, at the date of approval 
of the financial statements, there is material 
uncertainty over future commodity prices, the 
outcome of the May 2020 redetermination of 
the RBL and the potential impact of COVID-19 
on the Group’s operational activities. 

These material uncertainties may cast 
significant doubt upon the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. Notwithstanding 
these material uncertainties, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue 
in existence for the foreseeable future and 
have concluded it is appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the financial statements. 
The financial statements do not include the 
adjustments that would result if the Group 
was unable to continue as a going concern.

Julian Tedder
Chief Financial Officer

23

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Measuring  
our  
progress.  

Non-financial

IGas tracks both financial and non-financial metrics to 
help the Group manage its long term performance and 
measure progress against its strategy.

Lost Time Injuries (LTI) (number)

Progress on Shale Development plan

Nil

20191

20181

20171

20161

20152

Nil

One

Two

Nil

Nil

20191

20181

20171

20161

Drilled a vertical well at Springs Road and announced a world-class shale discovery in June. 

Completed site construction at both Tinker Lane and Springs Road; drilled a vertical well at 
Tinker Lane and plugged and abandoned the well following completion of drilling; and appealed 
the decision for flow tests at Ellesmere Port following rejection of the application by Chester 
West and Chester council. 

Granted planning permission for a vertical well in PEDL 200 (Tinker Lane); planning conditions 
discharged and site construction commenced for both Springs Road and Tinker Lane; submitted 
planning application for flow tests at existing Ellesmere Port well; and submitted a scoping 
request for drilling and hydraulically fracturing a well at Ince Marshes in the NW.

Granted planning consent for two wells (horizontal and vertical) in PEDL 139/140 (Springs 
Road); submitted planning application for drilling in PEDL 200 (Tinker Lane); received five  
new shale licences in the 14th Round; and completed interpretation of 3-D seismic in the NW.

Reasons for choice

Health and safety is of paramount 
importance to us in providing the highest 
level of protection to all our stakeholders. 

20152

Acquired 3-D seismic in the NW; submitted planning application for drilling in PEDL 139/140 
(Springs Road); 14th Round licence applications; and secured INEOS farm-in.

The Shale Development plan is key to delivering shareholder value and delivering  
against our strategy. 

How we measure

We tracked nine leading and nine lagging 
indicators during the year and these are 
reported to the Board on a monthly basis. 
We aim to have zero LTIs but when we 
do have an LTI this is fully investigated 
with clear remedial action as required 
and communication of learnings to the 
organisation.

Target and results for 2019

The target was to have zero LTIs and  
this was achieved in the year. We have  
again maintained our ISO 9001 and  
14001 accreditations with no major  
non-conformances identified.

Progress against budgeted work programmes is tracked on a monthly basis and reported to 
the Board. Where progress is slower than expectations actions are taken to understand the 
reasons and actions taken to address the issues.

The target for the year was to drill one well in the East Midlands and to submit a planning 
application for hydraulic fracturing if the well was successful. The well was drilled successfully 
under budget and discovered a world-class shale resource in the Gainsborough Trough. 
A planning application for hydraulic fracturing was not submitted as the UK Government 
announced an effective moratorium on the process of hydraulic fracturing in England  
based on a report by the OGA in November 2019. We will work closely with the relevant 
regulators to demonstrate that we can operate safely and environmentally responsibly.

Remuneration & strategy link

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

This measure is used to determine the level of annual cash bonus.

24

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019A reminder of our strategy

Reserves and production growth

Developing shale portfolio

Local and national engagement

Financial

Production (boepd) 

Operating costs ($/boe) 

Operating cash flow before working capital 
movements (£'000)

2,325 boepd

$30.1/boe

£14.3m

20191

20181

20171

20161

20152

2,325 boepd

2,258 boepd

2,335 boepd

20191

20181

20171

2,355 boepd

20161

2,570 boepd

20152,3

$30.1/boe

20191

$32.0/boe

20181

$28.5/boe

20171

$28.8/boe

20161

$24.6/boe

20152

1.  Year ended 31 December.
2  Nine months ended 31 December 2015. 
3  2015 operating costs included a one-off rates rebate equivalent to $5.5/boe, so underlying operating costs for 2015 were £30.1/boe. 

£14.3m

£11.6m

£8.9m

£9.6m

£6.5m

Reasons for choice

The Group aims to maintain production levels 
to provide operating cash flow for funding 
of the Group. To ensure this target is met an 
appropriate level of capital investment is 
planned to mitigate against the underlying 
decline in our mature fields.

How we measure

Operating costs per boe is a key focus  
for the Group as keeping costs low will 
improve the cash that we generate from  
our producing assets.

Operating cash flow is key to providing 
funding for investing in the business as  
we pursue our growth strategy.

Daily and weekly production is monitored 
for all producing assets and reported weekly 
to senior management and monthly to the 
Board. Monthly production forecasts are 
prepared during the year to measure progress 
against the production target.

Operating costs are monitored closely  
to ensure that budget targets are being  
met. Operating costs are reported on a 
monthly basis to the Board and actions  
are taken, as required, to control costs in  
line with the budget.

Operating cash flow is reported to the Board 
on a monthly basis. Regular forecasts are 
undertaken to ensure operating cash flow is 
in line with budget, as well as longer-term 
forecasts to ensure that the strategy of the 
business can be adequately funded.

Target and results for 2019

Production for 2019 was 2,325 boepd which 
was towards the upper end of the production 
target range of 2,200 - 2,400 boepd and 
exceeded our base KPI target of 2,300 boepd. 
Production performance was positively 
impacted in our East Midlands assets by 
the success of waterflood and optimisation 
activities conducted in 2018, alongside 
2019 projects being brought online ahead of 
schedule and wells performing in the upper 
range of expectation.

Remuneration & strategy link

Operating costs for 2019 were $30.1/boe 
which achieved the stretch target set for the 
year. Absolute operating costs were below 
budget for the year and when combined with 
the higher production rate and the continuing 
weak Sterling against the US Dollar, the 
stretch target per barrel rate was achieved. 

Operating cash flow before working capital 
movements for 2019 was £14.3 million which 
achieved the stretch target set for the year. 
An increase in production for the year, an 
increase in realised oil price and a reduction 
in operating costs contributed to the positive 
performance for the year. 

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

25

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsRISK MANAGEMENT

Understanding 
the risks 
associated with 
our operations.

Key risk areas
The risks around our existing 
business are set out in more  
detail on pages 28 to 29  
but the key risk areas can be 
identified as being associated  
with the following:

Strategic
Making sure we apply 
the appropriate strategies 
in certain situations and 
ensuring we deliver on 
strategic objectives.

Operational
Successfully developing 
oil and gas through 
our production and 
development assets.

Financial
Prudent financial 
management seeks 
to mitigate the impact 
of market fluctuations.

The Group constantly monitors 
the Group’s risk exposures and 
reports to the Audit Committee 
and the Board on a regular basis. 

Risk scale

h
g
i
H

h
g
i
h
-
m
u
d
e
M

i

i

m
u
d
e
M

i

m
u
d
e
m
w
o
L

-

w
o
L

e
d
u
t
i
n
g
a
M

The Audit Committee receives and reviews 
these reports and focuses on ensuring that 
the effective systems of internal financial 
and non-financial controls including the 
management of risk are maintained. The 
results of this work are reported to the Board 
which in turn performs its own review and 
assessment on an annual basis.

Risks
1.  Exposure to political risk
2.  Strategy performance
3  Climate change
4  Cyber security
5.  Planning, environmental, licensing  

and other permitting risks

6.  Oil or gas production
7.   Shale gas resources
8.  Loss of key staff
9.  Pandemic
10. Oil market price risk
11.  Gas and electricity market price risk
12.  Exchange rate risk
13.  Liquidity risk
14. Capital risk

  Current risk
  2018 risk

26

10

9

1

5

5

12

3

12

6

6

1

10

7

7

2

13

13

2

11

11

8

8

14

14

4

Low

Low-medium

Medium

Medium-high

High

Likelihood

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
Risk matrix

Key

Strategic

2018 risk spread

2019 risk spread

Risk management process
The risk management process utilises 
risk registers held within the production 
and development business and these are 
consolidated at a corporate level. Key risks  
in these registers have assigned owners  
and are renewed as part of the quarterly 
business performance reviews. The risk 
owners believe that the risks are monitored, 
mitigated and appropriate controls are 
implemented. The Audit Committee has 
delegated authority to the Excom to manage 
the risks. 

Financial

Operational

Risk management framework

Board
The Board is responsible for setting the  
Group's risk appetite and acceptable risk 
tolerance and putting in place a framework  
for risk management.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee oversees the framework 
for risk management and ensures it is 
operating effectively.

Board

Principal 
committees

Audit Committee

IGas teams & risk owners

IGas teams & risk owners
The risks are separated into strategic, 
operational and financial categories. Senior 
management are assigned responsibility for 
the identified risks within the three categories 
(see risk management process below).

Mapping risks against strategy

Key

Change in risk

 Increased risk
  Stable risk / No change
  Decreased risk
  New risk

Reserves and  
production growth

Local and national  
engagement

Developing shale  
portfolio

13

14

13

12

12

11

1

1

1 2

9

8

7

10

9

9

8

8

2

3

4

5

2

3

4
5

6

7

3

6

4

5

27

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsRISK MANAGEMENT continued

Direction of change

A reminder of our strategy

Increase

No change

Decrease

Risk

Strategic

Reserves and production growth

Developing shale portfolio

Local and national engagement

Executive 
ownership

Mitigation

Change

Strategic 
link

1.  Exposure to political risk

This can include changes in Government or 
the effect of a local or national referendum. 
These political risks can result in changes in 
the regulatory or fiscal environment (including 
taxation) which could affect the Group’s ability  
to deliver its strategy.

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

Through UKOOG and other industry 
associations the Group engages with 
Government and other appropriate 
organisations to ensure the Group is kept 
abreast of expected potential changes and 
takes an active role in making appropriate 
representations.

2.  Strategy performance

Strategy fails to meet shareholder 
expectations.

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

Provide clear, transparent and consistent 
communication to all stakeholders. Ensure 
delivery against the five-year plan. Regular 
meetings with shareholders and potential 
shareholders.

3.  Climate change

Changes in laws, regulations, policies, 
obligations and social attitudes relating to 
the transition to a lower carbon economy 
could have a cost impact or reduced 
demand for hydrocarbons for the Group  
and could impact our strategy.

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

4.  Cyber security

Exposure to a serious cyber-attack which 
could affect the confidentiality of data, the 
availability of critical business information 
and cause disruption to our operations.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

Operational

5.  Planning, environmental, licensing  

and other permitting risks
Planning, environmental, licensing and 
other permitting risks associated with 
operations and, in particular, with drilling 
and production operations.

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

6.  Oil or gas production

Oil or gas is not produced in the anticipated 
quantities from any or all of the Group’s 
assets or that oil or gas cannot be delivered 
economically.

Production 
Director –  
Chris Beard

The Group works closely with regulators to 
ensure that all required planning consents 
and permits for operations are in place. 
Continual dialogue with all stakeholders  
to understand emerging requirements.  
The Board actively reviews the Group's 
strategy to ensure it remains relevant 
and will provide long term returns to 
shareholders.

The Group outsources its provision of IT 
equipment and help desk services to a third 
party and ensures that staff are trained in 
security awareness. The Group has been 
accredited with Cyber Essential Plus which 
demonstrates commitment to cyber security. 

New

New

The Group considers that such risks are 
partially mitigated through compliance with 
regulations, proactive engagement with 
regulators, communities and the expertise  
and experience of its team. Continual 
dialogue with local authorities to understand 
requirements.

The Group considers that such risks are 
mitigated given that its producing assets are 
located in established oil and gas producing 
areas, there is a portfolio of producing 
assets and its operating staff have extensive 
expertise and experience.

28

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
Risk

Operational continued

Executive 
ownership

Mitigation

Change

Strategic 
link

7.  Shale gas resources

Successful development of shale gas 
resources is not achieved.

Development 
Director –  
Ross Glover

8.  Loss of key staff
Loss of key staff.

9.  Pandemic

Exposure to a global pandemic, such as 
COVID-19, that leads to disruption to the 
Group’s operations and delays to the  
supply chain.

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

CEO – 
Stephen 
Bowler

Financial

10.  Oil market price risk

Exposure to market price risk through 
variations in the wholesale price of oil in the 
context of the production from oil fields it 
owns and operates.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

Following successful drilling at Springs Road 
and discovery of a world-class resource the 
Group will work with Joint Venture Partners 
and the Government to undertake a body of 
scientific work to allow the submission of a 
Hydraulic Fracture Plan.

Provide and maintain a competitive 
remuneration package to attract the correct 
calibre of staff. Build a strong and unified 
team and ensure we have a clearly defined 
people strategy based on culture and talent. 
Development plans in place for all staff.

New

The Board has put in place business 
continuity plans to manage any disruption 
to operations. Ensure staff are kept healthy 
and safe and the Group complies with all 
guidance issued by the Government at the 
time. Liaise with all regulators to ensure that 
the Group remains compliant with all permits 
and regulatory standards.

The Group has hedged a total of 420,000 
barrels over the year to 31 December 2020, 
at an average price of $53.6/bbl through a 
mixture of swaps and puts. 

The Board seeks to underpin the Group’s 
future cash flows by entering into a 
combination of put options and swaps for 
baseline production to cover 12 months 
forward. The Board will continue to monitor 
the benefits of such hedging.

11.  Gas and electricity market price risk
Exposure to market price risk through 
variations in the wholesale price of gas 
and electricity in the context of its future 
unconventional production volumes.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

The Board monitors the benefit of entering 
into contracts at the appropriate time to 
protect against gas and electricity price 
volatility.

12.  Exchange rate risk

Exposure to exchange rate risk through both 
its major source of revenue and its major 
borrowings being priced in US dollars.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

The Board monitors the cash flows of 
the Group to ensure currency exposure 
is understood. Exchange rate hedges are 
considered to ensure that cash inflows in 
US dollars are matched with Sterling cash 
outflows.

13.  Liquidity risk

Exposure, through its operations,  
to liquidity risk.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

The Board regularly reviews the Group’s  
cash forecasts and the adequacy of  
available facilities to meet the Group’s  
cash requirements.

14.  Capital risk

The Group is exposed to capital risk 
resulting from its capital structure,  
including operating within the  
covenants of its RBL.

CFO –  
Julian Tedder

The capital structure is continually monitored 
to ensure it is in line with the business needs 
and ongoing asset development. Further 
details of the Group’s capital management 
policy are disclosed in note 24 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

29

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
SUSTAINABLE AND RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS

Committed 
to responsible 
development.  

Committed to responsible 
development
A sustainable and responsible company 
is one that is committed to protecting and 
enhancing the wider environment and 
working with communities to provide them 
with lasting socio-economic benefits. This is 
not only the right thing to do, it also supports 
our social licence to operate and the success 
of our business over the long term.

In support of its vision, purpose and  
strategy, IGas is aligning itself to a number  
of the United Nations’ Sustainable 
Development Goals.

Environment 
The protection of the environment is a core 
business objective for IGas. We are committed 
to working with regulators to ensure that 
any activity is undertaken safely and with as 
little impact to the environment as possible. 
Throughout our operations  
and the lifecycle of our wells, robust  
safety measures are in place to protect  
the environment.

IGas operates an ISO 14001 certified 
Environmental Management System and 
by doing so demonstrates, via external 
assurance, that the systems and processes 
which we apply to our business in the 
management and determination of 
environmental risk are robust.

We work with the EA and the MPA to ensure 
that we adhere to high standards through a 
series of formal and informal audits, review 
and general discussion with the MPAs and 
other key regulators.

30

Protected areas 
Throughout the project lifecycle we 
continually identify, evaluate and mitigate 
risk and have publicly committed to stringent 
evaluation prior to determining whether to 
conduct operations in areas of natural or 
cultural sensitivity. 

In England & Wales, onshore oil and gas 
exploratory activities require environmental 
permits issued under the Environmental 
Permitting Regulations (EPR 2010) and 
other permissions from the environmental 
regulator, depending on the methods used 
and the geology of the site. 

UN SDG

Amongst other things, these activities shall 
not be carried out within: 

(a)  10 metres of any watercourse; 
(b)  a groundwater source protection zone 1 
or 2, or where a source protection zone 
has not been defined then within 250 
metres of any well, spring or borehole 
used for the supply of water for human 
consumption or food production 
purposes. This must include private 
water supplies; 

(c)  a specified Air Quality Management  

Area (AQMA); 

(d)  200 metres of a European Site or a  
Site of Special Scientific Interest; 

(e)  200 metres of the nearest  
sensitive receptor; and

(f)  a flood zone 3.

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) 
may also be required. An EIA is an assessment 
of the possible positive and/or negative 
impacts that a proposed project may have on 
the environment. 

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Responsible 
exploration

All exploration is  
undertaken with care.

Responsible 
operations

Our operations  
are gold standard.

1 2
3

Our approach 
to sustainability 
aligns with the 
United Nation’s 
Sustainable 
Development Goals. 

Responsible 
production

We produce energy 
responsibly for all.

1 Responsible exploration

2

Responsible operations

3

Responsible production

In association with the MPA we work to 
determine via screening whether an EIA is 
required, if it is we work collaboratively to 
ensure all possible impacts are surveyed 
correctly, any impact is appropriately 
mitigated and the resulting assessment  
is transparently communicated to all  
relevant stakeholders.

Planning applications and environmental 
permits go through public consultation. 

Full details of the environmental permits and 
permissions required for onshore oil and gas 
exploration and extraction can be found here:

www.gov.uk/guidance/onshore-oil-and-gas-
sector-guidance

MPAs (as part of local councils) grant planning 
permission for the location, at surface and 
their well-bore trajectory beneath the ground, 
of any wells and well pads, and impose 
conditions to ensure that the impact on the 
use of the land is acceptable.

31

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsSUSTAINABLE AND RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS continued

Environment continued 
The planning system controls the 
development and use of land in the public 
interest. This includes ensuring that any new 
development is appropriate for its location 
and in accordance with national policy and 
local development plans. Development 
applications take into account the effects 
(including cumulative effects) of potential 
pollution on health, the natural environment 
or general amenity. In doing so, the focus 
of the planning system is on whether the 
application is an acceptable use of the land, 
and what the impacts of those uses are. Any 
control processes, health and safety issues or 
emissions are then subject to the approval of 
the appropriate associated regulator. 

Full details of the planning guidelines for 
onshore oil and gas can be found at https://
assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/
uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/
file/224238/Planning_practice_guidance_for_
onshore_oil_and_gas.pdf

During the year we continued to submit 
re-permitting submissions for our existing 
sites, as part of a process initiated by the 
Environment Agency and ongoing since 2016, 
to review the permitting of all onshore oil 
and gas sites. As part of this exercise certain 
activities which have always taken place 
under existing EPR permits but were listed  
as DAAs now require specific permits. One of 
these activities is the reinjection of produced 
water which now requires a GA (Groundwater 
Activity) Permit and an RSR (Radioactive 
Substances Activity) Permit where the 
produced water separated out during the oil 
production process has a NORM (Naturally 
Occurring Radioactive Material) concentration 
above specified ‘out of scope’ values. 

Water 
IGas recognises that water is a critical 
natural resource, essential to life, health 
and sustainable social and economic 
development. Water is also a key component 
of our operations and as such we accept our 
role in the responsible and efficient use of 
this valuable resource.

IGas is committed to identifying, monitoring 
and mitigating the impact on water supplies 
associated with our operations. 

At our Springs Road site, we installed 
silt fencing, ensuring that run off during 
construction did not impact local ditches 
and the wildlife within them. We installed 
monitors in local drains so as to ensure that 
we had not adversely affected groundwater 
levels and we continue to measure 
groundwater quality surrounding our site, 
demonstrating that we have had no effect  
on its quality. 

32

UN SDG

UN SDG

UN SDG

Waste and recycling 
The Company seeks to ensure all waste 
streams are recycled and not disposed 
of in order to minimise the impact on the 
environment. We regularly audit our waste 
streams and work closely with our contractors 
to ensure the appropriate recovery and 
recycle options are used.

During the year, the Tinker Lane site was 
rehabilitated and the land is already 
returned to growing crops. All of the stone 
removed from Tinker Lane went onto other 
construction projects, concrete blocks 
were re-tasked and now fortify local farms 
hindering access to vandals and steel gates, 
and the fencing has been used to bolster our 
existing infrastructure. 

Biodiversity 
IGas accepts its responsibility to comply with 
applicable biodiversity protection laws and 
regulations in areas where we operate. We 
therefore endeavour not to adversely impact 
biodiversity and natural habitats through our 
presence and operations. 

During the year we completed a number of 
biodiversity projects as either part of our site 
remediation and restoration commitments, 
or as part of our responsible operator 
programme during operations.

In North Nottinghamshire, we plugged and 
abandoned our exploration well at Tinker 
Lane. The full restoration was completed 
by October 2019 and the field was back in 
crop before the start of 2020. During the 
development of the site, a planting scheme 
included the filling out of surrounding 
hedgerows, planting of large saplings in the 
local verges and development of meadow 
grasses within the site. Meadow development 
was so effective that ground nesting birds 
successfully fledged chicks within the site 
during 2019.

At our Springs Road site, a number of 
Hibernaculums were installed at multiple 
locations across the site providing a suitable 
habitat for both snakes and lizards. Areas of 
the site not used during the operation were 
developed into meadows for habitats to 
support rabbits, foxes, raptors and owls  
which were regularly spotted.

We undertook groundwater monitoring,  
air quality monitoring, noise monitoring  
and significant work on both noise and  
light mitigation, water level monitoring  
in local ditches and demonstrated we 
had no discernible impact on the air  
quality, groundwater levels or groundwater 
quality in the catchment area, including  
the nearby SSSI. 

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019During the year we completed the restoration 
of an abandoned site at Wigginton near  
York. This involved removal of the drilling  
pad, replacement of soils, re-establishment  
of drainage channels and finally reseeding.  
We also successfully plugged and  
abandoned a well at Keele, located  
within the University complex.

In December 2019, we completed an ongoing 
project to relocate a badger sett which we 
had identified at one of our existing sites so 
that we could continue to undertake routine 
maintenance on the site without disturbing 
the badger colony. We commissioned a report 
and sought a licence from Natural England. 
The works were carried out by a specialist 
ecological consultant and the badgers 
successfully moved and appropriate badger 
proof fencing installed. We will continue to 
monitor the site.

Climate change and GHG emissions 
IGas recognises the risk that climate change 
poses to society and to its business. 

UN SDG

We support the UK’s transition to a low 
carbon economy, through the responsible 
development and production of domestic 
onshore oil and gas in alignment with 
the Committee on Climate Change 
recommendations.

We recognise the need to reduce greenhouse 
gas (GHG) emissions. Over the last three 
years we have seen a decrease in our direct 
emissions and we continue to strive to reduce 
our GHG emissions through new initiatives.

Our approach to managing our GHG 
emissions involves:

•  The efficient operation of our existing 

equipment and infrastructure, including 
minimising flaring and venting; and

•  The installation of best available 

technology into all new projects to 
minimise their carbon intensity.

Development of environmental KPIs  
At a Group level we measure and report  
on Lost Time Injuries see KPIs on page 24.  
IGas already complies with a number of  
strict requirements across its sites that are 
set by the regulators. In addition, part of the 
team’s remit for 2020 is to develop a set of 
Group-wide environmental KPIs. 

Social 
Staying safe, keeping others safe, and  
being responsible are core to who we  
are as a Company. 

As a responsible operator we are focused on 
achieving safe and sustainable operations, 
minimising any adverse social impacts and 
achieving the highest standards of health  
and safety throughout the business.

UN SDG

”The design of the policy framework 
to reduce UK industry emissions 
must ensure it does not drive 
industry overseas, which would not 
help to reduce global emissions, 
and be damaging to the UK 
economy.”
Committee on Climate Change

16% Nil

Over the last three years we have 
seen a decrease in our direct 
emissions of 16%

LTIs in 2019 

33

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsAs part of the EA re-permitting programme 
all IGas sites but one have now been issued 
with a Consolidated Permit. The permit 
includes a significant number of improvement 
conditions set out by the EA for the industry 
which the Company is on target to complete 
as per its agreed schedule.

ISO 9001/14001 certification continues to 
be an important part of the business; during 
2019 the business successfully completed 
transition from ISO 9001/14001:2008 to  
ISO 9001/14001:2015 standards without  
any major non-compliance. 

Crisis and emergency management 
A programme of training and regular exercises 
and testing are in place to ensure response 
plans are properly understood and will work 
in the event of an emergency. Emergency 
response plans, equipment and resources 
are reviewed annually. As part of the 
management of change process any change 
to the nature of operational activity or change 
in regulatory or Company requirements will 
result in the evaluation of response plans. Key 
lessons identified during training exercises or 
responses to real events will be incorporated 
into future response plans as required.

For more information on employee and 
communities see Our Stakeholders section  
on pages 10 to 11 in this report

Governance  
The Board is fully committed to ensuring 
that high standards of governance, values 
and behaviours are consistently applied 
throughout the Group, helping to ensure 
the integrity of our business, the successful 
delivery of our strategy and the long term 
success of the Group as a whole. 

Further details of our approach to corporate 
governance can be found on page 35 of this 
report and full details are available on our 
website www.igasplc.com/investors/corporate-
governance

SUSTAINABLE AND RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS continued

UN SDG

ROSPA

Health and Safety 
We operate to established company and 
industry standards and processes which 
ensure provision of safe and responsible 
working practices across all our operational 
activities. These company standards 
encompass all aspects of our Health, Safety 
and Environmental management obligations, 
and are designed to meet and exceed the 
expectations of our employees, external 
contractors, Government regulators, joint 
venture partners and the communities with 
whom we interface.

Our internal health and safety policies are 
aimed at:

•  Ensuring healthy working conditions within 
an environment of complete security for 
employees and contractors; and

•  Implementing operating standards that are 

legally and ethically compatible.

The Company has achieved all of its HSEQ 
Leading Indicator KPIs and its incident 
rate is substantially below published (HSE 
Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 
Occurrences Regulations 2013 RIDDOR) 
industry statistic rates, based on number of 
employees and hours worked. Our goal is to 
work to eliminate work place injuries and we 
are pleased to say there were zero LTIs during 
the year. Our Hazard Reporting continues 
to improve and has increased by 50% this 
year compared to 2018, helping to reduce 
incidents before they occur.

We are committed to ensuring our colleagues 
and host communities are kept safe and well, 
and to raising awareness of potential dangers 
related to our operations and locations where 
we operate. We ensure colleagues have 
access to affordable healthcare and aim to 
achieve top quartile industry performance 
on our occupational safety measures. This 
is demonstrated through IGas achieving the 
ROSPA Presidents Award again, representing 
13 years of commitment to Occupational 
Health and Safety.

The business continues to drive improvements 
through awareness campaigns and 
engagements through its Committee  
of Representatives for Safety. 

COMAH (Control of Major Accident Hazards 
Regulations) sites remain an ongoing 
programme of continual improvement  
with two more sites being notified under  
the regulations.

34

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE

Developing 
our 
governance 
model to 
support our 
business. 

”The Board continues to believe that the 
QCA Code provides the Group with the right 
governance framework in view of its size, 
strategy, resources and stage of development, 
as it offers a flexible but rigorous outcome-
oriented framework in which we can continue 
to develop our governance model to support 
our business.”

Dear Shareholder,
As Interim Chair of the Company, I have 
overall responsibility for ensuring that  
good corporate governance is embraced  
by IGas and the Group as a whole. In doing 
so, I work with, and consider, the views of all 
Board members, the Executive Committee 
(Excom) and the Company’s advisers. The 
Board is fully committed to ensuring that 
high standards of governance, values 
and behaviours are consistently applied 
throughout the Group, helping to ensure 
the integrity of our business, the successful 
delivery of our strategy and the long term 
success of the Group as a whole.

As an AIM listed company, IGas must comply 
with the AIM Rules. In March 2018, the AIM 
Rules were changed such that all AIM listed 
companies were obliged, from 28 September 
2018, to apply a recognised corporate 
governance code, providing details of that 
code on its website along with details of how 
the Company complies with or departs from 
that code. On 10 September 2018, the Board 
resolved to adopt the Quoted Companies 
Alliance Corporate Governance Code, 2018 
edition (the QCA Code). The Board continues 
to believe that the QCA Code provides the 
Group with the right governance framework 
in view of its size, strategy, resources and 
stage of development, as it offers a flexible 
but rigorous outcome-oriented framework 
in which we can continue to develop our 
governance model to support our business. 

Our primary means of communicating the 
Group’s corporate governance structure 
is through the Annual Report and various 
disclosures made on our website. 
Nevertheless, where specific questions are 
raised by private individual shareholders 
and institutional investors, we engage 
directly with those shareholders, principally 
through the Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer or, where appropriate, 
certain other members of our Excom, namely 
the Technical Director and Director of 
Corporate Affairs. 

Finally, a word about our corporate culture. We 
seek to communicate our corporate culture 
through staff presentations and inductions. 
We rely on our management structure, and our 
internal reporting structures to assess whether 
these core values have been respected, and 
our Director of Human Resources is tasked 
with monitoring internal compliance on 
an ongoing basis. We seek to promote our 
core values of: (i) respect for our people, 
environment, partners and the safety of 
others; (ii) performing to the highest standards 
internally and externally to deliver against 
our targets; (iii) collaboration through mutual 
trust, knowledge sharing and teamwork; 
(iv) commitment to the preservation of the 
environment whilst providing safe and healthy 
working conditions; and (v) transparency by 
being honest about what we do, how we do  
it, and the challenges we face. 

Fundamentally, IGas is committed to diversity, 
including gender diversity and we have a 
number of women in senior management 
roles. However, we fully recognise that 
the Board could be more gender diverse 
in its composition and will seek to further 
address gender diversity when recruiting for 
Board vacancies. I also note that since the 
resignation of Mr McTighe as Chair in October 
2019, the Board includes one independent 
Non-executive Director. Whilst this does not 
follow the best practice recommended by the 
QCA Code, which envisages that the Board 
has at least two independent Non-executive 
Directors, it is noted that the composition 
of the Board is a matter for review by the 
Nomination Committee in 2020 and that 
the culture of good corporate governance 
of the Company subsists under the current 
composition of the Board.  

Cuth McDowell
Interim Non-executive Chairman

35

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE continued

Key Board statements

Requirement

Compliance Statement

1.  Directors’ responsibilities in respect 

of financial statements

2.  Compliance with the Quoted 

Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code

3.  Going concern

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation. 
The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the Group and Parent Company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

As an AIM listed company, IGas must comply with the AIM Rules.  
In March 2018, the AIM Rules were changed such that all AIM listed 
companies were obliged, from 28 September 2018, to apply a 
recognised corporate governance code, providing details of that code 
on its website along with details of how the Company complies with 
or departs from that code. On 10 September 2018 the Board resolved 
to adopt the QCA Code and further information on the Company’s 
compliance with that code is set out in this Annual Report.

The Group continues to closely monitor and manage its liquidity 
risks including the continued use of both oil and foreign exchange 
derivatives. Cash forecasts for the Group are regularly produced 
based on, inter alia, the Group's production and expenditure forecasts, 
management's best estimate of future oil prices, management’s best 
estimate of foreign exchange rates and the Group's borrowings.

4.  Robust assessment of the principal 

risks facing the Group

The Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the Group and 
the Company, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces.

5.  Annual review of the systems of risk 
management and internal control

6.  Remuneration Report

The Audit Committee focuses on ensuring that the effective systems of 
internal financial and non-financial controls including the management 
of risk are maintained. The results of this work are reported to the 
Board which in turn performs its own review and assessment on an 
annual basis.

The 2019 Directors' Remuneration Report notes a detailed review  
with the ‘Reward and Employment’ team at PwC in 2017. The Board 
agreed a number of changes to the annual cash bonus scheme, which 
better aligned the bonuses of the CEO and senior executives to the 
Company’s Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and which, in the event 
of superior performance in any bonus period, introduced an element 
of staff retention through the use of stock awards with the Board 
agreeing that 50% of any bonus in excess of £30,000 be paid  
in the form of restricted stock and subject to a minimum holding 
period. The Board believes that their structure is still appropriate 
and aligns the remuneration of the CEO and senior executives with 
shareholders’ interests.

Where to find 

further information

Page 54

Page 37

Page 22

Page 52

Page 26

Page 47

36

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Corporate 
governance 
principles 
applicable to IGas

The ten QCA Code 
corporate governance 
principles, which apply to 
IGas, are:

1.  Establish a strategy and business 
model which promote long term 
value for shareholders; 

2.  Seek to understand and  
meet shareholder needs  
and expectations;

3.  Take into account wider 
stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their 
implications for long term 
success; 

4.  Embed effective risk 

management, considering both 
opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation; 

5.  Maintain the Board as a well-
functioning, balanced team  
led by the chair; 

6.  Ensure that, between them, the 
Directors have the necessary  
up-to-date experience, skills  
and capabilities; 

7.  Evaluate Board performance 
based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous 
improvement; 

8.  Promote a corporate culture that 
is based on ethical values and 
behaviours; 

9.  Maintain governance structures 
and processes that are fit for 
purpose and support good 
decision-making by the Board; 
and 

10. Communicate how the Company 
is governed and is performing 
by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant 
stakeholders.

Application of the QCA Code  
and required disclosures  
The QCA Code requires us to apply the 
principles set out above and to publish 
certain related disclosures in our Annual 
Report, on our website, or a combination of 
the two. We have followed the QCA Code’s 
recommendations and have therefore 
provided disclosure relating to Principles 2, 3, 
and 9, as well as those aspects of Principles 8 
and 10 recommended to be disclosed on our 
website, in a corporate governance statement 
on our website and will cover the remaining 
principles in this Annual Report. We depart 
from the strict recommendation of the QCA 
Code in respect of Principle 7 as we cover all 
aspects recommended to be disclosed by 
the QCA Code in respect of that principle, 
including those aspects which the QCA Code 
recommends be covered on our website, 
in this Annual Report. An index setting out 
where each required disclosure can be found 
is at the end of the corporate governance 
statement on our website.

Strategy and business model –  
QCA Principle One 
The Group’s strategy and business model  
is described in our Strategic Report on  
pages 8 and 9.

Effective risk management –  
QCA Principle Four 
The Group embeds risk management 
throughout the organisation and this is 
described on pages 26 to 29.

Board balance – QCA Principle Five 
See page 43 for information on those 
Directors who are considered to be 
independent, the time commitment required 
for Directors to conduct their role and 
the number of meetings of the Board, its 
committees and the relevant Directors’ 
attendance record. 

Board skills – QCA Principle Six 
Information on each of the Directors is 
provided on page 40.

The Board, led by the Chair, has the necessary 
skills and knowledge to discharge their 
duties and responsibilities effectively, setting 
clear expectations and ensuring stringent 
measures for corporate governance standards 
are met, particularly in relation to executive 
remuneration, accountability and audit.

The Executive and Non-executive Directors’ 
skill sets are complementary, and together 
provide a blend of broad commercial, 
operational, legal, and financial expertise.  
The skill set is suitably broad and sufficiently 
high calibre such that all decision making 
at Board level is robust and mindful of the 
fiduciary responsibilities that need to be 
discharged to all shareholders. In addition, 
the Directors are aware of the importance 
of keeping abreast of the industry’s current 
activities and attend oil and gas conferences 
and events globally throughout the year to 
keep their skills, contacts and knowledge 
current and simultaneously engage with 
governments, global operators and service 
providers in the oil and gas industry.

During 2019 the Company used a number  
of external professional advisers in relation 
to the RBL placed with BMO and subsequent 
repayment of the Secured Bonds, including 
external legal advisers and the Company’s 
Nomad in relation to the refinancing. Details 
of the Company’s advisers can be found  
on the Company’s website at  
http://igasplc.com/investors/shareholder-
information/registrars-and-advisors

See the corporate governance statement  
on our website for further details of the 
internal advisory responsibilities performed 
by certain individuals in advising and 
supporting the Board. 

37

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE continued

The Excom and, at a more junior level, senior 
departmental managers address progression 
of employees through annual appraisals and 
competency reviews. Following the successful 
launch of a structured Management Training 
Programme in 2018, offering key managers 
training and learning opportunities, this was 
supplemented through a series of workshops 
aimed at all employees with a supervising 
role, in order to further train those individuals 
in the process for giving effective appraisals.

Governance and shareholder dialogue –  
QCA Principle Ten 
See below for an overview of the work of the 
committees of the Board undertaken in 2019. 

See pages 47 to 51 of this Annual Report for 
the Remuneration Committee Report. 

This Annual Report does not include a 
separate Audit Committee report. However, 
pages 43 to 44 of this Annual Report outlines 
the key areas of focus of the Audit Committee 
in the year ended 31 December 2019. The 
Group will further assess internally as to 
whether it is necessary and appropriate to 
make further disclosures under the QCA 
Code, either through a report of the Audit 
Committee or more likely in sections of the 
next Annual Report.

Board effectiveness – QCA Principle Seven 
In 2019 the Board formalised its procedures 
for self-evaluation and undertook a self-
evaluation in respect of its effectiveness.  
The aim of the Board evaluation was to review 
the effectiveness of the Board’s performance 
and assess its strengths as well as areas for 
development with an agreed set of actions 
and agreed deadlines. The self-evaluation 
was carried out on behalf of the Board by the 
Chief Financial Officer using a self-evaluation 
questionnaire completed by each member 
of the Board (excluding Hans Årstad who 
was appointed to the Board at a later date), 
against which the Board was assessed under 
the following categories: Board composition, 
roles and responsibilities, meetings and 
administration, Board committees, Board 
discussions, Board relationships and 
stewardships, monitoring and evaluation, 
strategy and internal control. 

The Chief Financial Officer, the then Chief 
Operating Officer and the General Counsel, 
as those members of the Excom invited to 
attend Board meetings on the most regular 
basis, also completed the self-evaluation 
questionnaire.

The overall result was that the Board 
concluded that it was operating effectively. 
The Board considered its strengths to be the 
effectiveness of the Board Committees, the 
open and honest discussions of the Board 
and the effectiveness of decision making by 
the Board. 

The Board concluded that areas for 
development were: (1) the composition of 
the Board in relation to oil and gas technical 
ability and diversity through the continued 
review of expansion of the Board as part 
of continued succession planning; (2) 
engagement with the wider IGas workforce 
including ensuring that all staff were invited 
to join regular Town Hall meetings and the 
dissemination of Group messages to all 
staff; and (3) the timeliness of circulation of 
Board papers. In respect of each identified 
area for development: (1) the Board has 
continued to review its composition in 
relation to oil and gas technical ability and 
diversity and continues to be mindful of the 
recommendations of the 2019 self-evaluation 
in respect of any future appointment; (2) the 
Board has agreed that two Board meetings 
will be held at operating sites during the year 
in support of its engagement with the wider 
workforce, all staff now have access to the 
means to receive Group messages and are 
invited to regular and structured Town Hall 
meetings which provide updates to staff on 
the progress of the Group’s business, as well 
as an open forum for staff questions to be 
addressed; and (3) the third recommendation 
was fully addressed in 2019. The effectiveness 
of the Board will be assessed in 2020 through 
a further self-evaluation of performance.

The Board is committed to ensuring effective 
succession planning. The Nomination 
Committee is responsible for reviewing 
Board and senior management succession 
planning to ensure that the Company has 
the appropriate level of skills and diversity. 
Where appropriate the Nomination 
Committee uses external advisers to 
assist with candidate identification and 
benchmarking. The Nomination Committee 
continues to ensure that there is a robust 
succession plan for senior management 
positions. The Board (in conjunction with the 
Nomination Committee) reviewed succession 
planning for the Excom and senior manager 
positions in 2019 and concluded that plans 
were in place for all key positions; this will be 
reviewed again in 2020.

38

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019How we manage our Company

The Board

Executive Committee

Audit  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

The Board
The Board is responsible for the overall governance of the Group. Its responsibilities include 
reviewing and approving the Group’s strategy, budgets, major items of capital expenditure and 
senior personnel appointments.

Executive Committee (Excom)
The Excom is responsible for the day-to-day running of the operational business with a focus 
on performance management and ensuring that the Group KPIs are being met.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the integrity of the financial 
reporting processes and ensuring the financial statements give a true and fair view. Whilst the 
Board is ultimately responsible for risk management and internal controls in the Company, the 
Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that executive management takes responsibility 
for internal controls being appropriately designed and are both efficient and effective in 
practice. In 2020, the work of the Audit Committee will, in addition to its natural focus on the 
preparation of the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts, strengthen its role in monitoring the 
integrity of the Company’s broader corporate reporting, risk management systems (including 
the identification of future opportunities) and internal control environment, as well as its 
continued role in determining the Company’s approach to risk and the extent to which the 
Company is willing to take risks.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining and agreeing the remuneration 
policy for the Executive Director and senior managers.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible for reviewing the size, structure and composition of 
the Board and ensuring the balance and expertise of the Board remains appropriate to meet the 
needs of the Company.

To read more 
see page 43

To read more 
see pages  
41 to 42

To read more 
see page 43

To read more 
see page 44

To read more 
see page 45

39

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Leading 
the Company  
the right way. 

Name Hans Årstad 
Role Non-executive 
Director
Appointed 2019
Skills and experience 
Hans is a Director in KKR's 
European Private Equity 
Team where he has been 
involved in a number of 
investments in a broad 
range of industries. Hans 
joined KKR in 2014. Prior 
to joining KKR, he was 
an Engagement Manager 
at McKinsey & Company 
focusing on upstream oil 
and gas. Hans holds a M.Sc. 
in Finance and a BSc. in 
Business Administration 
from the Norwegian School  
of Economics.

A

R

N

R

N

A

Name Cuth McDowell
Role Interim Non-
executive Chairman
Appointed 2012
Skills and experience 
Cuth has 36 years of 
international experience 
in the oil and gas sector, 
having held a range of 
leadership positions in 
exploration and production 
companies.

He began his career 
with BP, where he held 
various commercial and 
management roles over 
eight years. Cuth then 
joined Clyde Petroleum 
plc, initially as Senior 
Economist, subsequently 
becoming Group 
Commercial Manager 
before Clyde was bought 
by Gulf Canada.

In 1997, Cuth joined 
Paladin Resources plc, 
where he served primarily 
as Finance Director. 
The company raised 
approximately £120 million 
in four separate primary 
offerings before it was sold 
to Talisman Energy Inc. for 
approximately £1.2 billion 
in 2006. Cuth is currently 
chairman at Quotall Ltd., 
an unlisted software 
development company.

Name Philip Jackson
Role Non-executive 
Director
Appointed 2017
Skills and experience 
Philip serves on Kerogen’s 
Investment Committee. 
He has over 30 years’ 
experience in investments 
and corporate finance in 
energy and infrastructure 
projects. He was the 
founder and former chief 
executive of J.P. Morgan 
Asset Management’s $860 
million Asian Infrastructure 
and Related Resources 
Opportunity Fund. 

Philip was with J.P. Morgan 
(and Heritage Jardine 
Fleming) for over 20 years, 
leading their power and 
infrastructure advisory 
businesses, advising on 
restructuring, M&A and 
privatisation. He started 
his career with the 
energy team at Ashurst 
LLP before moving to its 
client Trafalgar House plc, 
one of the UK’s leading 
independent oil and gas 
companies.

Philip has recently been 
elected a Fellow of the 
Energy Institute. He 
graduated with an MA in 
law from the University 
of Cambridge and is a 
solicitor of the Supreme 
Court in England.

Name Tushar Kumar
Role Non-executive 
Director
Appointed 2017
Skills and experience 
Tushar is a member of the 
Investment and Portfolio 
Management Team at 
Kerogen Capital. He has 
over 17 years’ experience 
in investing, investment 
banking and equities, 
working with a range of 
oil and gas companies 
including upstream, 
downstream, majors and 
NOCs across Europe, the 
Middle East and Asia. 

Prior to joining Kerogen, 
he was an executive 
director at Morgan 
Stanley’s natural resources 
group in London, having 
previously worked with 
members of the Kerogen 
team at J.P. Morgan’s 
energy and natural 
resources group in  
Hong Kong.

Tushar holds an MBA from 
the Indian Institute of 
Management Ahmedabad 
(IIMA) and a BTech 
in computer science 
and engineering from 
the Indian Institute of 
Technology (IIT). He is also 
a CFA charter holder. 

Name Stephen Bowler
Role Chief Executive 
Officer
Appointed 2015
Skills and experience  
Steve became Chief 
Executive Officer in May 
2015 having joined IGas 
as Chief Financial Officer 
in 2011 following the 
acquisition of Star Energy’s 
producing assets, which 
transformed IGas into one 
of the leading UK onshore 
oil and gas companies.

He qualified as a chartered 
accountant with Touche 
Ross, now Deloitte. In 
1999, Steve joined ABN 
Amro Hoare Govett, now 
part of Jefferies, where 
he acted as adviser and 
broker to a wide range of 
UK listed companies in the 
oil and gas sector.

Steve led the Company 
through its refinancing 
in 2017, as well as the 
significant farm-out to 
INEOS in 2015.

Committee member key 

Audit  

Committee

Remuneration  

Committee

Nomination  

Committee

Chair

Member

A

R

N

40

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Name Julian Tedder
Role Chief Financial Officer
Skills and experience  
A chartered accountant, Julian 
has over 15 years’ senior 
management experience both 
at operational and group level 
within the international oil and 
gas sector, including Centrica plc 
and Tullow Oil plc. 

Most recently, Julian was General 
Manager, Finance for Tullow Oil, 
having worked at the company 
for over ten years, where he was 
ultimately responsible for 190 
staff across the finance function.

Name Stephen Bowler
Role Chief Executive Officer
Skills and experience  
Steve became Chief Executive 
Officer in May 2015 having joined 
IGas as Chief Financial Officer in 
2011 following the acquisition of 
Star Energy’s producing assets, 
which transformed IGas into one 
of the leading UK onshore oil and 
gas companies.

He qualified as a chartered 
accountant with Touche Ross, 
now Deloitte. In 1999, Steve 
joined ABN Amro Hoare Govett, 
now part of Jefferies, where 
he acted as adviser and broker 
to a wide range of UK listed 
companies in the oil and gas 
sector.

Steve led the Company through 
its refinancing in 2017, as well as 
the significant farm-out to INEOS 
in 2015.

Name Ross Pearson 
Role Technical Director
Skills and experience  
Ross Pearson, a Petroleum 
Engineer by trade, has extensive 
onshore, oil and gas experience 
gained over the past 19 years 
working in various technical 
roles across the E&P value chain. 
Ross’s career started in the 
Western Canadian Sedimentary 
Basin working for Schlumberger 
before taking a role with Devon 
Energy where he held various 
Petroleum Engineering positions 
both in the Production and 
Development Teams. 

In 2010 he moved to Australia 
where he initially worked for 
Origin Energy as a Sr. Petroleum 
Engineer prior to joining Senex 
Energy as the Development 
Manager where he managed the 
Subsurface Team focused on 
the Appraisal and Development 
of their conventional and 
unconventional oil and gas 
assets. 

Ross has a Bachelor of Applied 
Science Degree in Mining 
Engineering from Queen’s 
University in Canada and is 
a member of the Society of 
Petroleum Engineers and a  
Fellow of the Energy Institute. 

Name Chris Beard
Role Production Director
Skills and experience 
Chris (MEng BSc (Hons) CEng 
MIET) has 31 years’ experience 
working in the oil and gas 
industry in both the upstream and 
downstream business. 

Chris started his career working 
in a Maintenance and Integrity 
role for BP at the Llandarcy Oil 
Refinery in South Wales. Over  
the next 25 years Chris worked  
in a number of roles and locations 
for BP the last of which was 
at BP Wytch Farm Oilfield in 
Dorset, where he held a variety 
of technical, operational and 
managerial roles before finishing 
in the role of Onshore Site 
Manager. 

Chris joined Providence 
Resources Plc as Managing 
Director of the UK operations 
before its acquisition by IGas 
in 2011. Chris currently has 
responsibility for the delivery 
of the Production Division 
Corporate strategy, goals and 
targets for production, operating 
costs in accordance with the IGas 
Management Systems.

41

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE continued

Name Ross Glover
Role Development Director
Skills and experience 
Ross has over 20 years 
of experience in project 
development and mining 
exploration and operations. Ross 
started his career in Southern 
Africa managing capital projects 
in the mining sector. He then 
undertook a variety of operational 
roles culminating in running 
two diamond mines and an 
exploration programme. Prior to 
joining IGas in 2017, he ran a UK 
based renewable energy project 
development company with a 
focus on UK onshore wind.

Ross holds a BSc in Mechanical 
Engineering from the University 
of Cape Town and an MBA from 
Warwick Business School.

Name Peter Foscoe
Role Director of Human 
Resources
Skills and experience  
A Chartered Fellow of the 
Chartered Institute of Personnel 
and Development, Peter has over 
25 years’ experience managing 
human resource functions in the 
financial services, telecoms and 
oil and gas sectors. In addition to 
ten years at Merrill Lynch/Bank of 
America and four years as Head of 
Human Resources at an AIM listed 
Hedge Fund, Peter has specialised 
in compensation and benefits 
at a number of organisations, 
including six years as Head of 
Reward for the Hess Corporation 
global E&P business.

Name Ann-marie Wilkinson 
Role Director of Corporate Affairs
Skills and experience 
Appointed in 2013, Ann-marie 
is a media and communications 
professional with over two 
decades of experience having 
worked extensively as a 
consultant for a number of 
financial and corporate public 
relations/investor relations 
agencies.

Ann-marie has extensive 
experience in providing advice 
on both external and internal 
communications strategies and 
has worked with a number of oil 
and gas sector companies over  
the years.

Name Thamala Perera Schuetze 
Role General Counsel and 
Company Secretary
Skills and experience 
General Counsel with 19 years’ 
experience, over 12 years of 
which gained in the oil and gas 
industry. Prior to the reverse 
takeover of Star Energy Group 
Limited (then a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of PETRONAS) by IGas 
in 2011, Thamala was a member 
of the Management Team and the 
General Counsel of Star Energy 
responsible for the European 
Infrastructure Group of  
PETRONAS with a primary  
focus on gas storage.

Thamala was called to the Bar of 
England and Wales in 2000 and 
during her career has held (among 
others) positions at the regulator, 
Ofgem, where she advised on 
electricity, gas and LNG projects 
and at Freshfields Bruckhaus 
Deringer LLP in the telecoms 
sector. 

Thamala holds a Master of Laws 
(LLM) in European Law from  
King’s College London.

42

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Directors are committed to meeting high standards of corporate governance. As an AIM listed company, IGas has a requirement to apply  
a recognised corporate governance code and to further demonstrate the application of its principles which underpin best practice in corporate 
governance. The Company has chosen to apply the Quoted Companies Alliance (QCA) Code as its governance framework and the Directors intend 
to comply with the underlying principles of the QCA Code, to the extent they consider it appropriate and having regard to the size, current stage 
of development and resources of the Company.

Details of how IGas addresses the key governance principles of the QCA Code and our continued work in developing their application in respect 
to our business, and of the disclosures required by the Code’s principles are contained in this section and on our Company website.

The Board and its committees
During 2019, the Board welcomed Hans Årstad as a Non-executive Director in May 2019 and noted the resignation of Mike McTighe in October 
2019. Following these Board changes, the Board of the Company consists of one Executive Director and four Non-executive Directors. Following 
Cuth McDowell’s appointment as Interim Chair of the Board, Mr McDowell is no longer fulfilling the role of Senior Independent Director, but is 
still considered to be an independent Non-executive Director. Biographies of all the Directors are included within the Annual Report on page 40. 

The Board retains full and effective control over the Group. The Board meets regularly to consider reports on the operational and financial 
performance of the Group and to decide on matters reserved unto itself, which include reviewing and approving the Group’s strategy, budgets, 
major items of capital expenditure and senior personnel appointments.

Board membership 

Board member 

Mike McTighe (Chairman) (resigned 10 October 2019) 
Cuth McDowell (Interim Chairman) 
Stephen Bowler 
Philip Jackson  
Tushar Kumar  
Hans Årstad (appointed 20 May 2019) 

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

8/9
12/13
13/13
13/13
13/13
8/9

In addition to the Directors, the Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel have been invited to attend each meeting of the Board; the General 
Counsel has participated in all of the meetings and the Chief Financial Officer has participated in all but one meeting during the year. The Board 
invites other members of the Excom to attend its meetings as necessary and appropriate to the agenda to be discussed at the relevant Board 
meeting. The Board intends to meet at least ten times during 2020.

The Board has the following committees each chaired by a Non-executive Director as follows:

Audit Committee
The committee comprises only Non-executive Directors; being chaired by Cuth McDowell and having as its other member, Tushar Kumar. 
Meetings are aligned with the Group’s financial reporting calendar and in the year ended 31 December 2019 the committee met on three 
occasions. The Chief Financial Officer and Group Financial Controller are invited to attend each meeting of the committee and participated  
in all of the meetings during the year. The external auditors are also invited to attend meetings of the committee as appropriate and also meet 
the committee without the presence of management at least annually. The committee intends to meet at least three times during 2020. 

Audit Committee membership

Committee member 

Cuth McDowell (Chairman) 
Mike McTighe (resigned 10 October 2019) 
Tushar Kumar 

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

3/3
2/2
3/3

43

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued

Summary of the committee’s responsibilities
The committee’s responsibilities include the following:

•  The committee reviews reports from management and the Group’s auditors relating to the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts and the interim 
results announcements. The committee advises the Board on whether the Annual Report and interim announcements are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information necessary for IGas’ stakeholders to assess performance against the Group’s strategy;

•  The committee reviews compliance with legal requirements, accounting standards and the AIM Rules and on ensuring that effective systems 
of internal financial and non-financial controls (including for the management of risk and whistle-blowing) are maintained. However, the 
ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the Annual Report and Accounts remains with the Board of Directors; and

•  The committee keeps under review the external auditors’ independence and considers the nature, scope, and results of the auditors’  

work and develops policy on and reviews (reserving the right to approve) any non-audit services that are provided by the external auditors. 
The committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board of Directors on their appointment and remuneration.

Key areas of focus in the year ended 31 December 2019
The committee’s particular areas of focus during the year were as follows:

•  Review of the 2018 Annual Report and of the significant risks identified which included the going concern assessment, including covenant 
compliance; impairment of oil and gas properties; recoverability of goodwill, the decommissioning provision and reserves and resources 
disclosures;

•  Review of the six months ended 30 June 2019 interim results announcement and of the significant risks which included the going concern 
assessment, including covenant compliance, recoverability of goodwill, accounting for lease agreements and impairment of oil and gas 
properties; and

•  Review of the planning for the 2019 Annual Report and approving the approach being taken by the Group’s auditors.

Remuneration Committee
The committee comprises only Non-executive Directors, being chaired by Philip Jackson and having as its other member Cuth McDowell.  
The committee met on three occasions in the year ended 31 December 2019. The Chief Executive Officer and Human Resources Director are 
invited to attend meetings. In accordance with the committee’s terms of reference, no Director may participate in discussions relating to their 
own terms and conditions of service or remuneration.

Remuneration Committee membership

Committee member 

Philip Jackson (Chairman)  
Mike McTighe (resigned 10 October 2019) 
Cuth McDowell 

Summary of the committee’s responsibilities
The committee’s responsibilities include the following:

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

3/3
2/2
3/3

•  Making recommendations to the Board of Directors on the Company’s policy on the remuneration of the Chairman, Executive Directors  

and other senior executives (as are delegated to the committee to consider);

•  Determining, within agreed terms of reference, the remainder of the remuneration packages for each of them, including pension rights,  

any compensation payments and the implementation of executive incentive schemes;

•  Monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for senior management;
•  Reviewing the design of share incentive plans for approval by the Board and determining the policy on annual awards to Executive Directors 

and senior executives; and

•  Reviewing progress made against performance targets and agreeing incentive awards.

44

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key areas of focus in the year ended 31 December 2019
The committee’s particular areas of focus during the year were as follows:

•  Review of bonus structure for the Executive Director and senior employees and agreement of the level of deferral of the bonus payment into 

Company shares;

•  Review of long-term incentive plans and approving the issue of awards under the Executive Incentive Plan; and
•  Review of performance against the Group’s key performance indicators in the year ended 31 December 2018 and recommending to the Board 

that a pay-out factor of 32.5% be applied to all employees of the Group. Staff bonuses were paid to staff in February 2019.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is chaired by the Interim Chairman, Cuth McDowell, and its other member is Non-executive Director, Philip Jackson. 
The Chief Executive Officer of the Company is invited to attend meetings of the committee when the committee is discussing matters related to 
executive management and such other matters as the committee chairman deems appropriate. The committee meets as required during the year.

Nomination Committee membership

Committee member 

Cuth McDowell (Chairman from 10 October 2019) 
Mike McTighe (resigned 10 October 2019) 
Philip Jackson 

Summary of the committee’s responsibilities
The committee’s responsibilities include the following:

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

3/3
1/1
3/3

•  Considering the size, structure and composition of the Board of Directors, retirements and appointments of additional and replacement 

Directors and making appropriate recommendations to the Board of Directors; 

•  Making recommendations to the Board regarding membership of the Audit and Remuneration Committees; and
•  Ensuring that plans are in place for orderly succession to the Board of Directors and senior management positions, so as to maintain  

an appropriate balance of skills and experience within the Group and the Board of Directors. 

Key areas of focus in the year ended 31 December 2019
The principal activities of the committee during the year were as follows:

•  Following the resignation of Mike McTighe in October 2019, the committee considered the make-up of the Board and as a result  

Cuth McDowell was appointed as Interim Chairman. The Board will monitor the composition of the Board and place it under review  
during 2020; and

•  Continuing to ensure that appropriate succession plans are in place for Excom and senior management.

45

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued

Internal control
The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Group’s system of internal controls and reviewing  
its effectiveness. The procedures that include, inter alia, financial, operational, health & safety, compliance matters and risk management  
(as detailed in the Strategic Report) are reviewed on an ongoing basis. 

The Group’s internal control procedures include the following:

•  Board approval for all significant projects, including corporate transactions and major capital projects;
•  The Board receives and reviews regular reports covering both the technical progress of projects and the Group’s financial affairs to facilitate 

its control; 

•  There is a comprehensive budgeting and planning system for all items of expenditure with an annual budget approved by the Board.  

Risk assessment and evaluation is an integral part of the annual planning cycle;

•  The Group has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the Group’s financial reporting process and the Group’s 

process for preparing consolidated accounts. These systems include policies and procedures to ensure that adequate accounting records are 
maintained and transactions are recorded accurately and fairly to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance 
with IFRS; and

•  The Audit Committee reviews draft annual and interim reports before recommending their publication to the Board. The Audit Committee 
discusses with the Chief Financial Officer, Group Financial Controller and external auditors the significant accounting policies, estimates  
and judgements applied in preparing these reports. 

The internal control system can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The Board has 
considered the need for a separate internal audit function but, bearing in mind the present size and composition of the Group, does not consider 
it necessary at the current time. 

Anti-bribery and corruption/ethical conduct
IGas has reviewed the appropriate policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the UK Bribery Act, Modern Slavery Act and Criminal 
Finances Act. The Company continues actively to promote good practice throughout the Group and has continued its roll-out of a programme  
of anti-bribery and corruption and anti-facilitation of tax evasion, as well as anti-slavery and human trafficking training for all relevant employees.

The Group’s Modern Slavery Statement can be accessed here: http://igasplc.com/media/40884/modern-slavery-statement.pdf

Relations with shareholders 
Communications with shareholders are considered important by the Directors. The primary contact with shareholders, investors and analysts 
is the Chief Executive Officer. Other senior management, however, regularly speak to investors and analysts during the year. Company circulars 
and press releases have also been issued throughout the year for the purpose of keeping investors informed about the Group’s progress and in 
accordance with AIM regulations.

The Company also maintains a website (www.igasplc.com) that is regularly updated and contains a wide range of information about the Group. 

See also the Company’s disclosure in relation to Principle 10 in the corporate governance statement on the Company website. 

Engaging with stakeholders
The ways in which IGas solicits information from our stakeholder groups include, inter alia, public relations activities, regular formal contact  
via written communications, meetings, and conference calls. Informal contact is promoted through the use of social media where appropriate. 

The Board seeks to understand the Company’s stakeholders’ needs, interests and expectations by ensuring open channels of communication  
at all times and permitting all parties to openly discuss any issues or concerns they may have with the Company. 

The Company considers and acts on the information and feedback received by way of bilateral discussions or investor conference calls  
or RNS announcements when required.

46

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

This report explains our remuneration policy for Directors and sets out how decisions regarding Directors’ pay for the period under review have 
been taken.

Annual Statement
A detailed review with the ‘Reward and Employment’ team at PwC was undertaken in 2017, after which the Remuneration Committee proposed 
a number of changes to the annual cash bonus scheme, which it believes better aligned the bonuses of the CEO and senior executives to the 
Company’s Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and which, in the event of superior performance in any bonus period, introduce an element of staff 
retention through the use of stock awards with the Board agreeing that 50% of any bonus in excess of £30,000 be paid in the form of restricted 
stock and subject to a minimum holding period. Consequently, the Executive Director received his 2017, 2018 and 2019 bonus in cash and 
restricted stock. 

Subsequent to the 2017 review with the ‘Reward and Employment’ team at PwC, the Board again agreed the Remuneration Committee Proposal 
that awards of restricted stock under the Executive Incentive Plan (EIP), the mechanics of which were detailed in the 2016 Annual Report, would 
again require an absolute share price appreciation as a condition of vesting (either in part or in full). In approving the Remuneration Committee’s 
recommendations, the Board again stipulated that no part of the 2018 or 2019 EIP awards (whether to the Executive Director or any other senior 
executive) will vest unless a share price hurdle of £1.13 is met or exceeded.

The Remuneration Committee believes that the current rules regarding bonus and EIP awards, based on the 2017 review, still remain appropriate.

Directors’ remuneration policy
Remuneration policy
The Company’s policy is to maintain levels of remuneration sufficient to attract, motivate and retain senior executives of the highest calibre who 
can deliver growth in shareholder value. Executive Director remuneration currently consists of basic salary, pensions, benefits, annual bonus 
(based on annually set targets), and long-term incentives (to reward long-term performance). The Company seeks to strike an appropriate balance 
between fixed and performance-related reward so that the total remuneration package is structured to align a significant proportion to the 
achievement of performance targets, reinforcing a clear link between pay and performance. The performance targets for staff, senior executives 
and the Executive Director are each aligned to the key drivers of the business strategy, thereby creating a strong alignment of interest between 
staff, senior executives, the Executive Director and shareholders.

The Committee will continue to review the Company’s remuneration policy and make amendments, as and when necessary, to ensure it remains fit 
for purpose and continues to drive high levels of executive performance and remains both affordable and competitive in the market.

47

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

The elements of the reward package are detailed below:

Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Base salary 
The purpose of the base 
salary is to:

•  help recruit and retain 

• 

key individuals;
reflect the individual’s 
skills, knowledge and 
abilities; and

•  ensure fair reward for 

‘doing the job’.

Other benefits including 
pension

The Committee reviews base salaries annually to ensure that Executive 
Director pay remains competitively aligned with external market practices.

In determining whether to increase levels the Committee will take the 
following into consideration:

the performance of the individual Director;
• 
the individual Director’s experience and responsibilities;
• 
• 
impact on fixed costs of any increase; and
•  pay and conditions throughout the Company.

The Committee will retain 
the discretion to increase an 
individual’s salary where there  
is a significant difference 
between current levels and 
a market competitive rate for 
similar positions in similar 
organisations (based on size, 
complexity and industry sector).

The Company provides Executive Directors with a pension contribution up 
to 15% of base salary, as well as other benefits in kind including medical 
insurances and income protection/lump sum payments in the event of 
extended sickness absence/disability and/or death in service.

The percentage of maximum 
bonus entitlement received  
is based on the achievement of 
individually challenging targets 
supporting corporate objectives.

The maximum potential bonus 
entitlement for Executive 
Directors under the plan is  
to up to 100% of base salary.

The maximum individual limit  
for an Initial Award is 300%  
of salary.

The maximum individual limit  
for an Annual Award in any 
financial year is 200% of salary 
(this limit was increased from 
150% during the 2014/15 
financial year).

No awards have been made 
under this Plan since  
November 2015.

Annual cash bonus

Executive Directors and staff are eligible to participate in a discretionary 
bonus plan.

The Committee will determine on an annual basis the level of deferral,  
if any, of the bonus payment into Company shares (currently 50% of any 
award in excess of £30,000). Maximum bonus levels and the proportion 
payable for target performance are considered in the light of market bonus 
levels for similar roles among the industry sector.

Bonuses paid in cash (and where applicable, shares) are not pensionable.

In terms of bonus targets a balanced scorecard approach is operated which 
focuses on a mixture of strategic, operational, financial and non-financial 
metrics. 

Under the Long Term Incentive Plan, adopted by the Board in 2011 
participants can each be granted two types of award: an Initial Award and 
an Annual Award. Both types of award are in the form of a nil cost option. 
If the relevant conditions attaching to the awards are met at the end of a 
three-year vesting period, then the participant has a further seven years in 
which to exercise the award.

The primary purpose of the Initial Awards is to aid the recruitment of key 
executives. These awards vest at the end of a three-year performance 
period provided the Company’s share price performance exceeds the 
Company’s weighted average cost of capital of 10%.

The LTIP also provides for Annual Awards to be granted which will  
vest at the end of a three-year period provided certain challenging 
corporate performance conditions have been met. The purpose of the 
Annual Award is to provide a competitive annual total remuneration 
package which retains and motivates the Executive Directors and other 
selected executives.

Long Term Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

48

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Executive Incentive Plan 
(EIP)

Under the EIP adopted by the Board in March 2016, participants were 
granted a share award in the form of a nil-cost option, released at the 
end of a three-year holding period provided that the Executive remains 
in employment and that the Remuneration Committee are satisfied that 
corporate performance has been satisfactory (with reference to share 
price). A multiplier will also apply to this share award to ensure that 
management are focused on the execution of the business strategy and 
the creation of long-term value for shareholders. For the first share award 
(March 2016) the multiplier was set as follows:

Annual award to the current 
Executive Director of no more 
than 100% of salary subject 
to two times multiplier (i.e. the 
maximum number of shares 
which could vest is equal to 
200% of salary).

Share price target 
£10.00 
£15.00 

Multiplier
1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

For the subsequent awards (October 2017, March 2018 and March 2019) 
the multiplier was set as follows:

Share price target 
< £1.13 
£1.13 - £1.25 
£1.26 - £1.39 
£1.40 - £1.54 
£1.55 - £1.74 
£1.75 - £1.96 
> £1.96 

Multiplier
0.00 x shares awarded
0.25 x shares awarded
0.50 x shares awarded
0.75 x shares awarded
1.00 x shares awarded
1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

Executive Directors are required to build a shareholding over a five-year 
period of at least 150% of salary to further support the alignment of their 
interests with those of shareholders. 

Executive Director 
Retention Plan 
(EDRP)

Under the EDRP, participants are granted nil cost options which vest 
and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the 
Directors’ continued employment and to a one-year holding period 
following the date of vesting. 

Share Investment  
Plan (SIP)

In 2013, the Company adopted an HMRC approved Share Investment  
Plan for all employees of the Group. The scheme is a tax efficient incentive 
plan pursuant to which all employees are eligible to subscribe for up to 
£150 (or 10% of salary, if less) worth of IGas ordinary shares per month.

Shares are acquired on a quarterly basis and the Company automatically 
matches the employee contribution, acquiring matching ‘Partnership’ 
shares on a 1-to-1 basis. Subject to the Company achieving pre-defined 
quarterly production targets, the Company increases the Partnership 
share matching element for that quarter to 2-to-1. In order to receive their 
allocation of Company Partnership shares, employees must ordinarily 
remain employed by the Company for a period of three years from the  
date of grant of the matching award.

The EDRP was adopted as an 
exceptional share arrangement 
and S Bowler was made an award 
of options over 175,000 ordinary 
shares in July 2015.

No subsequent awards have been 
made under this Plan.

Employees are eligible to acquire 
up to £150 (or 10% of salary, 
if less) worth of IGas ordinary 
shares per month from gross 
salary.

The Company will match the 
shares purchased on a 1-to-
1 basis and, subject to the 
Company having met pre-defined 
quarterly production targets, will 
increase the matching element 
for that quarter to 2-to-1.

49

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT continued

Annual Report on Remuneration
Remit of the Remuneration Committee
The remit of the Remuneration Committee (the Committee) is provided in the Corporate Governance section.

The Committee has engaged the services of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) to provide wholly independent advice on executive 
compensation and to assist the Committee in the implementation and evaluation of its long-term incentive arrangements.

Share price movements during the year
The Group’s share price as at 31 December 2019 was 48.5p per share. The highest price during the year was 90.2p per share and the lowest share 
price during the year was 21.5p per share.

Current arrangements in financial year (Audited)
Executive Director
Executive Directors are employed under rolling contracts with notice periods of 12 months from the Company or executive.

Directors’ emoluments for the year were as follows:

Executive Director 

S Bowler – CEO 

Total – Executive Directors 

Year ended 31 December 2019 

Year ended 31 December 2018

  Payment  
in lieu of 
pension 
£’000 

Salary 
£’000 

364 

364 

38 

38 

Bonus 
 (Cash) 
£’000 

106 

106 

Bonus 

 (Shares)  Pensions 
£’000 

£’000 

Total 
£’000 

  Payment
in lieu of 
pension 
£’000 

Salary 
£’000 

76 

76 

10 

10 

594 

594 

357 

357 

37 

37 

Bonus 
 (Cash) 
£’000 

73 

73 

Bonus

 (Shares)  Pensions 
£’000 

£’000 

43 

43 

10 

10 

Total
£’000

520

520

On 28 March 2019 S Bowler was made a Base Award under the 2016 EIP scheme over 469,435 ordinary shares in the Company.

As at 31 December 2019, the outstanding long-term incentives held by the Executive Director who served during the year are set out in the  
table below:

Executive Director Retention Plan 

Date of  
grant 

At 
1 January 
2019 

S Bowler 

13/07/2015 

175,000 

2016 Executive Incentive Plan 

S Bowler 

Date of  
grant 

30/03/2016 
16/10/2017 
21/03/2018 
28/03/2019 

At 
1 January 
2019 

74,076 
388,889 
396,667 
– 

Share 
options 
granted 

– 

Share 
options 
granted 

– 
– 
– 
469,435 

2016 Management Retention Plan 
(Bonus Scheme Shares) 

S Bowler 

Date of  
grant 

21/03/2018 
28/03/2019 

859,632 

469,435 

At 
1 January 
2019 

33,431 
– 

33,431 

Share 
options 
granted 

– 
56,036 

56,036 

Share 
options 
exercised 

Share 

As at 
options  31 December 
2019 
lapsed 

Earliest
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 

– 

175,000  13/07/2016  13/07/2023

Share 
options 
exercised 

Share 

As at 
options  31 December 
2019 
lapsed 

Earliest
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

74,076  30/03/2019  30/03/2026
388,889  16/10/2020  16/10/2027
396,667  21/03/2021  21/03/2028
469,435  25/02/2022  25/02/2029

1,329,067 

Share 
options 
exercised 

Share 

As at 
options  31 December 
2019 
lapsed 

Earliest
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

33,431  17/01/2019  21/03/2026
56,036  25/02/2020  28/03/2027

89,467 

50

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-executive Directors
The Non-executive Directors are employed under rolling contracts with notice periods of three months, under which they are not entitled to any 
pension, benefits or bonuses.

Non-executive Directors 

R McTighe (resigned 10 October 2019) 
C McDowell 3 
P Jackson1 
T Kumar1 
H Årstad2 (appointed 20 May 2019) 

Total – Non-executive Directors 

 Year ended 31 December 2019 

Year ended 31 December 2018

Emoluments 
£’000 

Taxable 
benefits 
£’000 

Pensions 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Emoluments 
£’000 

Taxable
benefits 
£’000 

Pensions 
£’000 

78 
69 
55 
45 
– 

247 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

78 
69 
55 
45 
– 

247 

100 
60 
55 
45 
– 

260 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Total
£’000

100
60
55
45
–

260

1  Under the terms of their appointments, IGas Energy PLC pays an annual fee (invoiced quarterly in advance) to Kerogen Capital for £55,000 in respect of P Jackson and  

£45,000 in respect of T Kumar. 

2  Under the terms of his appointment no fee is paid to H Årstad.
3  Appointed Interim Chairman with effect from 11 October 2019.

Philip Jackson
Chairman Remuneration Committee
8 April 2020

51

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present their report together with the Group and Parent Company financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Business review and future developments
A review of the business and the future developments of the Group are presented in the Chairman’s statement, the Chief Executive’s statement, 
and the Chief Financial Officer’s financial review which are all sections within the Strategic Report.

Dividends
The Directors do not recommend the payment of a dividend for the year (year ended 31 December 2018: £nil).

Principal activity
The Group’s principal area of activity is exploring for, appraising, developing and producing oil and gas.

Share capital
Details of changes to share capital in the period are set out in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Directors and their interests
The Directors who served during the year were as follows:

R McTighe (resigned 10 October 2019)
C McDowell (appointed Interim Chairman 10 October 2019)
S Bowler
P Jackson
T Kumar
H Årstad (appointed 20 May 2019)

Non-executive Chairman
Interim Non-executive Chairman
Chief Executive Officer
Non-executive
Non-executive
Non-executive

The beneficial interest of each of the Directors’ and their immediate families in the ordinary share capital of the Company are shown below:

R McTighe (resigned 10 October 2019) 
C McDowell 
S Bowler 
P Jackson 
T Kumar 
H Årstad (appointed 20 May 2019) 

31 December 2019 

31 December 2018

Ordinary 0.002p Shares 

Ordinary 0.002p Shares

Number 

n/a 
219,170 
74,772 
– 
– 
– 

% 

Number 

n/a 
0.18 
0.06 
– 
– 
– 

583,056 
219,170 
66,845 
– 
– 
– 

%

0.47
0.18
0.06
– 
–
–

In addition to the table above, in January 2020, S Bowler subscribed to his full entitlement under the Group’s share scheme and accordingly was 
allotted 1,916 shares.

Annual General Meeting 2020
The Annual General Meeting (the AGM) of the Company will be held at the offices of Pinsent Masons LLP, 30 Crown Place, London EC2A 4ES on  
5 June 2020, commencing at 10:30 a.m. The resolutions to be proposed at the AGM are set out and fully explained in the notice of AGM available 
on the Company’s website at: https://www.igasplc.com/investors/publications-and-reports

Rotation and re-election of Directors
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, P Jackson and T Kumar retire by rotation and H Årstad, having been appointed after the 
date of the Company’s 2019 Annual General Meeting, retires and they each offer themselves for re-election at the AGM on 5 June 2020.  

Directors’ insurance and indemnity provisions
Subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006, the Company has arranged appropriate Directors’ and officers’ insurance to 
indemnify the Directors and officers against liability in respect of proceedings brought by third parties. Such provision remains in force at the 
date of this report.

52

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company indemnifies the Directors against actions they undertake or fail to undertake as Directors or officers of any Group company, to the 
extent permissible for such indemnities to meet the test of a qualifying third party indemnity provision as provided for by the Companies Act 
2006. The nature and extent of the indemnities is as described in article 58 of the Company’s Articles of Association as adopted on 8 August 
2013. These provisions remained in force throughout the period and remain in place at the date of this report.

Substantial shareholders
As at 8 April 2020, the Company had been notified in accordance with the requirements of provision 5.1.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the following significant holdings in the Company’s ordinary share capital:

 Number of Shares 

%

Kerogen General Partner II Limited 
KOG Investments S.A.R.L. 
Royal London AM 
Bank of America 
J.O. Hambro 

  33,964,100 

28.0
17,923,583                      14.7
                    8.3
7.1
6.5

  10,155,760 
8,770,663 
7,950,000 

Financial instruments
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash balances, borrowings, derivative instruments and other debtors and creditors that arise 
through the normal course of business as set out in note 23 to the consolidated financial statements. The Group’s financial risk management 
objectives are also set out in note 23 to the consolidated financial statements.

Employment policy
It is the policy of the Group to operate a fair employment policy. No employee or job applicant is less favourably treated than another on 
the grounds of their sex, sexual orientation, age, marital status, religion, race, nationality, ethnic or national origin, colour or disability and all 
appointments and promotions are determined solely on merit. The Directors encourage employees to be aware of all issues affecting the Group 
and place considerable emphasis on employees sharing in its success.

Political contributions
The Group made no political donations during the year (year ended 31 December 2018: £nil).

Status
The Company is not a close company as defined in the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

The Company is domiciled in the UK and incorporated and registered in England.

Board committees
Information on the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees is included in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report.

Auditors
A resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors will be proposed at the AGM on 5 June 2020 at a fee to be agreed in due 
course by the Audit Committee and the Board.

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to the auditor
So far as each person who was a Director at the date of approving this report is aware, there is no relevant audit information, being information 
needed by the auditors in connection with preparing its report, of which the auditors are unaware. Having made enquiries of fellow Directors, 
each Director has taken all the steps that a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken as a Director in order to make himself aware  
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

By order of the Board

Thamala Perera Schuetze
Secretary
IGas Energy plc
Registered Office: 7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ, 
Registered in the United Kingdom number: 04981279
8 April 2020

53

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES IN RELATION 
TO THE GROUP ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the 
Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and Parent 
company financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. Under 
company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and Parent company and of the profit or loss of the Group and Parent company for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union have been followed for the Group financial statements and IFRSs as 

adopted by the European Union have been followed for the Company financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed  
and explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Parent company  

will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Parent company and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Parent company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Parent company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Parent company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ responsibility statement
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Parent company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board,

Stephen Bowler  
Chief Executive Officer 
8 April 2020 

54

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
  
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF IGAS ENERGY PLC

Report on the audit of the Group financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, IGas Energy plc’s Group financial statements (the financial statements)

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of its loss and cash flows for the year then ended;
•  have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union; and
•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual report and accounts (the Annual Report), which comprise: the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2019; the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the  
financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that  
the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

Material uncertainty related to going concern 
In forming our opinion on the Group financial statements, which is not modified, we have considered the adequacy of the disclosure made in 
note 1b to the financial statements concerning the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. The ability of the Group to operate as a going 
concern is dependent upon the Group generating cash flows and the availability of the monies drawn under its RBL. The RBL is redetermined 
on a semi-annual basis and is based on the estimate of reserves and future oil prices, which have recently declined. The Group’s operational 
activities and cash flows could also be impacted by the uncertainty over the impact of COVID-19. These conditions, along with the other matters 
explained in note 1b to the financial statements, indicate the existence of material uncertainties which may cast significant doubt upon the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Group financial statements do not include the adjustments that would result if the Group  
was unable to continue as a going concern.

What audit procedures we performed 
In concluding there is a material uncertainty, our audit procedures included:

•  checking the mathematical accuracy of Management’s cash flow forecast and confirming the opening cash position; 
•  challenging and evaluating management’s underlying cash flow projections including comparing forecast sales volumes, operating costs, 
capital expenditure and abandonment expenditure to recent actuals and internal forecasts and comparing forecast future oil prices and 
foreign exchange rates to external data; 

•  assessing the reasonableness of management’s downside case, including assessing management’s ability to take mitigating actions, including 

delaying capital expenditure and reducing costs; and 

•  reviewing the completeness and appropriateness of management’s going concern disclosures as disclosed in the financial statements.

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality 

Audit scope

Key audit matters

•  Overall Group materiality: £1.2 million (2018: £1.2 million), based on 0.59% of total assets.

•  We scoped in all components for the purpose of the Group audit.
•  This enabled us to obtain coverage over 98% of Group consolidated revenue and 100% of Group 

consolidated total assets.

•  Consideration of the impact of COVID-19.
•  Carrying value of conventional oil & gas assets.
•  Carrying value of unconventional assets.
•  Completeness and valuation of the decommissioning provision.

55

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF IGAS ENERGY PLC continued

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.  
In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates  
that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed  
the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that  
represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified 
by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion  
on these matters. In addition to going concern, described in the ‘material uncertainty related to going concern’ section above, we determined  
the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by  
our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Consideration of the impact of COVID-19
Refer to Strategic Report.

The international outbreak of COVID-19 in early 2020 has affected 
business and economic activity around the world, including the 
United Kingdom where the Group operates. Given the spread of 
COVID-19, the range of the potential outcomes are difficult to 
predict, but include a prolonged global recession and long term 
decrease in commodity prices, including oil.

The Group is monitoring the COVID-19 outbreak developments 
closely and is following the guidance of the World Health 
Organization and abiding by the requirements of the United 
Kingdom government, however the virus has the potential to 
cause disruption to the Group’s operational activities and impact 
earnings, cash flows and financial conditions. 

The Group has made an assessment of the impact of COVID-19 on 
its operations and ability to continue as a going concern, for the 
details please refer to note 1 to the financial statements.

Carrying value of conventional oil & gas assets
Refer to significant accounting judgements and estimates and note 
11 Property, plant and equipment. Conventional oil and gas assets 
totalled £103 million. These represent 98% of the Group’s total 
property, plant and equipment.

We focused on this area due to the material nature of the balance, 
the judgement involved in assessing for impairment and the 
estimates required to calculate the value in the current economic 
climate.

Management concluded that the COVID-19 outbreak and 
geopolitical factors which together have led to a decrease in oil 
price is a result of conditions that arose after the balance sheet 
date and as a result are non-adjusting post balance events.

We concur with management that these factors are non-adjusting 
post balance events and as a result that the future assumptions 
used in the Group’s impairment assessments performed as at  
31 December 2019 are not to be adjusted for changes subsequent 
to that date.

We have reviewed the disclosures included in the Annual Report in 
respect of this risk, including principal risk and uncertainties, going 
concern, impairment sensitivities and post balance sheet events 
and consider them reasonable. 

The impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern is considered in the ‘material uncertainty related  
to going concern’ section above.

We have evaluated the discounted cash flow model prepared 
by management which supports the carrying value of the CGU’s 
(North, South and Scotland).

We have verified that the exchange rate used is comparable with 
the actual exchange rates as at 31 December 2019.

We agreed the forecast oil price to third party consensus forecasts. 
We concluded management’s price forecast was reasonable. 

Management’s production forecasts were reconciled to the 
independent reserves report prepared by DeGolyer and 
MacNaughton (D&M) in January 2020.

Another key element of the forecast is the discount rate. We 
have involved valuations specialists to perform an independent 
calculation and consider it to be reasonable.

Finally, we considered the adequacy of management’s disclosure of 
the key judgements and sensitivities in relation to the impairment 
assessment in note 11. These were deemed to be in line with the 
requirements of IAS 36.

56

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Carrying value of unconventional assets
Refer to significant accounting judgements and estimates and note 
10 Intangible exploration and evaluation assets. The carrying value 
of the Group’s unconventional assets was £41.5 million after an 
impairment of £53.9 million in the year.

We focused on this area due to the material nature of the balance, 
the judgement involved in assessing for impairment and the 
estimates required to calculate the value in the current economic 
climate.

Completeness and valuation of the decommissioning provision
Refer to significant accounting judgements and estimates and note 
20 Provisions.

A provision of £55.1 million has been made for the abandonment 
of fields and the gathering centres. The abandonment and 
decommissioning are expected to take place between 1 and 35 
years from the year end.

As at 31 December 2019, in accordance with IFRS 6, management 
assessed the assets for impairment indicators.

We have evaluated management’s valuation which supports the 
carrying value of the unconventional assets and assigned goodwill. 
This included confirming that for each licence that there was an 
on-going exploration and evaluation work programme and that 
the carrying amount of the licence was likely to be recovered 
in full from successful development or by sale. We concur with 
management that assets licences with a carrying value of £53.9 
million did not meet this criteria and in line with IFRS 6 were 
written off in the year; and that the remaining carrying value is 
supportable.

We have reviewed the completeness of the number of wells 
included in management’s estimate.

We have assessed management’s cost per well estimate and have 
reviewed the results of actual decommissioning’s costs over the 
previous three years.

We have reviewed the work performed by management’s expert 
on estimating the cost estimate for decommissioning the gathering 
centres and challenged them on the estimates used.

We have benchmarked the risk free rate used by management 
compared with industry practice.

Based on the procedures performed we concur with management 
that their assessment of the decommissioning provision is 
reasonable.

57

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF IGAS ENERGY PLC continued

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which it operates.

The Group is structured along two segments being conventional and unconventional licenses. The Group financial statements are a consolidation 
of 24 separate reporting entities, comprising the Group’s operating businesses and centralised functions within these segments. All of the 
Group’s operating business and 100% of the total assets and 99% of the total liabilities are located in the UK. All the Group entities have  
central management and centralised processes and controls and therefore our audit work was all conducted solely in the UK.

We scoped in all reporting components for the purpose of the Group audit. This gave us coverage over 98% of consolidated revenue and 100% 
coverage over total assets and together with additional procedures performed at the Group level, gave us the evidence we needed for our 
opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the 
financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall Group materiality

£1.2 million (2018: £1.2 million).

How we determined it

0.59% of total assets.

Rationale for benchmark applied

We believe that total assets are reflective of the Group’s current operations and has more relevance 
than earnings to shareholders.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £60,000 (2018: £62,500) as 
well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether  
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears  
to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures  
to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based  
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included.  

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require us also to report certain 
opinions and matters as described below.

58

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements. 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any 
material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities in Relation to the Group Financial Statements and Annual Report, the 
Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the 
Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Parent Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent 
in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Other matter
We have reported separately on the Parent Company financial statements of IGas Energy plc for the year ended 31 December 2019.  
That report includes a ‘material uncertainty related to going concern’ section.

Richard Spilsbury 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
9 April 2020

59

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

Revenue 

Cost of sales: 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Other costs of sales 

Gross profit 
Administrative expenses 
Exploration and evaluation assets written-off 
Goodwill impairment 
Loss on oil price derivatives 
Gain/(loss) on foreign exchange contracts 

Operating loss 

Finance income 
Finance costs 
Loss on extinguishment of debt re-financing 

Loss from continuing activities before tax 

Income tax credit 

Loss after tax from continuing operations attributable to shareholders’ equity 

(Loss)/profit after taxation from discontinued operations 

Net loss for the year attributable to shareholders’ equity  

Loss attributable to equity shareholders from continuing operations: 
Basic loss per share  
Diluted loss per share  

Loss attributable to equity shareholders including discontinued operations: 
Basic loss per share  
Diluted loss per share  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

Year ended 

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

Note 

2 

40,901 

42,928

(9,058) 
(20,542) 

(6,824)
(21,932)

(29,600) 

(28,756)

11,301 
(4,533) 
(53,928) 
(4,801) 
(3,348) 
265 

14,172
(5,527)
(29,067)
–
(638)
(180)

(55,044) 

(21,240)

460 
(3,861) 
(692) 

69
(3,948)
–

(59,137) 

(25,119)

10 
9 
4 
4 

6 
6 
19 

7 

9,307 

3,745

(49,830) 

(21,374)

17 

(396) 

41

(50,226) 

(21,333)

8 
8 

8 
8 

(40.93p) 
(40.93p) 

(17.59p)
(17.59p)

(41.26p) 
(41.26p) 

(17.56p)
(17.56p)

Year ended 

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

Loss for the year 
Other comprehensive loss for the year: 
Currency translation adjustments recycled to the income statement 
Currency translation adjustments 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

The notes on pages 64 to 97 form an integral part of these financial statements.

60

(50,226) 

(21,333)

(63) 
68 

–
(235)

(50,221) 

(21,568)

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill 
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Restricted cash 
Deferred tax asset 

Current assets
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Derivative financial instruments 
Assets held for sale 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings  
Derivative financial instruments 
Lease liabilities 
Liabilities held for sale 

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings 
Other creditors 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Other reserves 
Accumulated (deficit)/surplus 

Total equity 

  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

 2019  
£000 

Note 

9 
10 
11 
13 
16 
7 

14 
15 
16 
16 
23 
17 

18 
19 
23 
13 
17 

19 
18 
13 
20 

24 
24 

25 

– 
41,455 
104,532 
7,668 
410 
29,961 

4,801
89,282
91,403
–
410
20,656

184,026 

206,552

1,193 
5,986 
8,194 
– 
127 
– 

15,500 

1,149
9,589
15,112
193
2,158
10,100

38,301

199,526 

244,853

(9,288) 
– 
(266) 
(988) 
– 

(10,542) 

(13,071) 
(1,529) 
(6,173) 
(55,101) 

(11,878)
(2,389)
(180)
–
(10,272)

(24,719)

(18,591)
(1,916)
–
(37,946)

(75,874) 

(58,453)

(86,416) 

(83,172)

113,110 

161,681

30,333 
102,680 
(7,289) 
32,781 
(45,395) 

30,333
102,501
(7,294)
31,310
4,831

113,110 

161,681

These financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 8 April 2020 and are signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Bowler 
Chief Executive Officer 

Julian Tedder
Chief Financial Officer

The notes on pages 64 to 97 form an integral part of these financial statements.

61

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

At 1 January 2018 
Loss for the year 
Share options issued under the employee share plan (note 25) 
Issue of shares (note 24) 
Lapse of options under the employee share plan 
Currency translation adjustments 

At 31 December 2018 
Loss for the year 
Share options issued under the employee share plan (note 25) 
Issue of shares (note 24) 
Forfeiture of options under the employee share plan 
Currency translation adjustments 

Called up  
share capital  
(note 24)  
£000 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Share 
premium 
account 
(note 24) 
£000 

102,342 
– 
– 
159 
– 
– 

102,501 
– 
– 
179 
– 
– 

Foreign
currency 
translation 
reserve* 
£000 

Other  Accumulated
(deficit)/ 
surplus 
£000 

reserves** 
(note 25) 
£000 

(7,059) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(235) 

(7,294) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5 

29,994 
– 
1,489 

(173) 
– 

31,310 
– 
1,599 
– 
(128) 
– 

25,991 
(21,333) 
– 
– 
173 
– 

4,831 
(50,226) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Total
equity
 £000

181,601
(21,333)
1,489
159
–
(235)

161,681
(50,226)
1,599
179
(128)
53

At 31 December 2019 

30,333 

102,680 

(7,289) 

32,781 

(45,395) 

113,110

*  The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange gains and losses arising on translation of foreign currency subsidiaries’ net assets and results, and on translation 

of those subsidiaries’ intercompany balances which form part of the net investment of the Group.

** Other reserves include: 1) EIP/MRP/LTIP/VCP/EDRP (see note 25) reserves which represent the cost of share options issued under the long-term incentive plans; 2) share 

investment plan reserve which represents the cost of the partnership and matching shares; 3) treasury shares reserve which represents the cost of shares in IGas Energy plc 
purchased in the market and held by the IGas Employee Benefit Trust to satisfy awards held under the Group incentive plans; and 4) capital contribution reserve which arose 
following the acquisition of IGas Exploration UK Limited.

The notes on pages 64 to 97 form an integral part of these financial statements.

62

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Loss before tax for the year 
Net loss on extinguishment of debt re-financing 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation* 
Abandonment costs/other provisions utilised 
Share-based payment charge 
Exploration and evaluation assets written-off 
Goodwill impairment 
Unrealised loss/(gain) on oil price derivatives 
Unrealised (gain)/loss on foreign exchange contracts 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Other non-cash adjustments 

Operating cash flow before working capital movements 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables and other financial assets 
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 
(Increase)/decrease in inventories 

Cash generated from continuing operating activities 

Decrease/(increase) in discontinued operating activities 

Taxation paid – continuing operating activities 

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchase of intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of assets 
Other income received 
Interest received 

Cash used in continuing investing activities 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Cash proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital 
Drawdown on reserves-based loan facility 
Repayment on reserves-based loan facility 
Fees paid related to debt re-financing 
Repayment of bonds 
Repayment of principal portion of lease liability 
Interest paid 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the year 
Net foreign exchange difference  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

*  Depletion, depreciation and amortisation includes £1.5 million relating to right-of-use assets (note 13).

The notes on pages 64 to 97 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

Notes 

19 
11 
20 
5 
10 
9 
4 
4 
6 
6 

24 
16 
16 
16 
16 

16 

16 

(59,137) 
692 
9,449 
(1,760) 
801 
53,928 
4,801 
2,380 
(265) 
(460) 
3,861 
(14) 

14,276 
(602) 
(1,733) 
(44) 

11,897 

105 

– 

(25,119)
–
6,923
(91)
1,606
29,067
–
(4,906)
180
(69)
3,948
43

11,582
993
536
173

13,284

(335)

(9)

12,002 

12,940

(2,716) 
(3,668) 
1 
14 
129 

(2,496)
(8,152)
18
38
69

(6,240) 

(10,523)

(6,240) 

(10,523)

69 
19,319 
(4,639) 
(1,059) 
(21,355) 
(2,687) 
(2,021) 

70
–
–
–
(1,722) 

–
(1,751)

(12,373) 

(3,403)

(6,611) 
(307) 
15,112 

8,194 

(986)
371
15,727

15,112

63

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

1 Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation of financial statements
The Consolidated financial statements of IGas Energy plc (the Company) and subsidiaries (the Group) have been prepared in accordance  
with International Financial Reporting Standards, adopted for use by the European Union (IFRSs) as they apply to the Group for the year ended  
31 December 2019 and with the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 8 April 
2020. IGas Energy plc is a public limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales and listed on the Alternative Investment 
Market (AIM).

The Group financial statements are presented in UK pounds sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) except when 
otherwise indicated.

Subsidiary undertakings exemption from audit
IGas Energy plc has guaranteed the liabilities of the subsidiaries listed below under section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 in respect  
of the year ended 31 December 2019.

Star Energy Group Limited – 05054503
Star Energy Limited – 03806814
Star Energy Weald Basin Limited – 06293763
IGas Energy Enterprise Limited – 05457589
Island Gas Limited – 04962079
Island Gas (Singleton) Limited – 01021095
Dart Energy (Europe) Limited – SC259898
Dart Energy (East England) Limited – 06760546
IGas Energy Production Limited – SC298739
Dart Energy (West England) Limited – 06760557
IGas Energy Development Limited – 07240286

New and amended standards and interpretations
During the year, the Group adopted the following new and amended IFRSs for the first time for their reporting period commencing 1 January 2019:

IFRS 16 
• 
• 
IFRIC Interpretation 23  
•  Amendments to IAS 28 

Leases;
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments; and
Long-term Interest in Associates and Joint Ventures. 

The Group changed its accounting policies as a result of adopting IFRS 16. The Group elected to adopt the new rules under the modified 
retrospective approach but recognised the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard on 1 January 2019. This is disclosed in  
note 13. The other amendments and interpretations listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognised in prior periods and  
are not expected to significantly affect the current or future periods.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 
2019 reporting periods. These standards are effective from 1 January 2020, are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the 
current or future reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group: 

IAS 1 and IAS 8 Definition of Material;
IFRS 3 Definition of a Business – Amendments to IFRS 3; and

• 
• 
•  The Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting. 

(b) Going concern
The Group continues to closely monitor and manage its liquidity risks. Cash forecasts for the Group are regularly produced based on, inter alia, 
management’s best estimate of:

•  The Group’s production and expenditure forecasts; 
•  Future oil prices;
•  The level of available facilities under the Group’s RBL; and 
•  Foreign exchange rates. 

Sensitivities are run to reflect different scenarios including, but not limited to, possible further reductions in commodity prices, strengthening of 
sterling and reductions in forecast oil and gas production rates. 

64

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 20191 Accounting policies continued
(b) Going concern continued
In the first quarter of 2020, the oil price has been affected by the global spread of COVID-19 and the resultant reduction in oil demand. 

This situation has since been compounded by the failure of OPEC to reach an agreement on constraining supply and the decision of several 
countries to increase output. At the date of this report, there remains significant uncertainty over the impact of COVID-19 on future global demand 
for oil and therefore the price of oil. 

The ability of the Group to operate as a going concern is dependent upon future oil prices and foreign exchange rates as they impact the 
continued generation of future cash flows and the loan facility available under its RBL (which is redetermined semi-annually based on various 
parameters including oil price and level of reserves) and is also dependent on the Group not breaching its RBL covenants. To mitigate these risks, 
the Group benefits from its hedging policy with 420,000 bbls hedged at an average minimum price of $53.6/bbl for 2020. The Group also has  
$12 million of foreign exchange hedges in place at rates between $1.17-$1.20:£1 for the period to 30 June 2021. Furthermore, the Group’s 
net reserves position has increased by 1.5 mmboe during 2019 which will partially offset any impact of lower prices in its RBL at the next 
redetermination in May 2020.

Management has considered the impact of the COVID-19 global crisis on the Group’s operations. We continue to monitor the situation closely 
and act within Government guidelines and have a number of contingency plans in place should our operations be significantly affected by 
COVID-19. Many of our sites are remotely manned and at this stage we are well equipped as a business to ensure we maintain business 
continuity. Our production comes from a large number of wells in a variety of locations (all of which are on land and in the UK) and we have 
flexibility in our off-take arrangements, as we transport oil via road. In this regard, we continue to liaise and co-operate with all the relevant 
regulators. 

The Group’s base case going concern model was run with average oil prices of $32/bbl for April to December 2020 rising to $45/bbl from January 
2021 and a foreign exchange rate of $1.20:£1 during the period. Our forecasts show that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom to meet 
its financial covenants based on the existing RBL facility, as well as an estimate, based on management’s knowledge and past experience, of the 
outcome of the next half-yearly redetermination due in May 2020, and the following redetermination date in December 2020, albeit the level of 
the facility available to us is dependent on the facility provider, BMO, and is beyond our control.

Given the uncertainties described above, the level of Group revenues and availability of facilities under the RBL are inherently uncertain. As such 
management has also prepared a downside forecast with the following assumptions:

•  Oil prices at $20/bbl in the second quarter of 2020 rising to $30/bbl in the fourth quarter of 2020 and $43-$45/bbl in 2021. As this assumption 

is lower than external current forward curves, management considers this is a reasonable downside scenario that reflects further potential 
reductions in price caused by the failure of OPEC to reach an agreement on constraining supply and lower demand from reduced industrial 
activity caused by COVID-19. This downside is partially mitigated by the commodity hedges the Group has in place. However, oil price is outside 
the Company’s control and this could be lower should there be further market disruption either from COVID-19, or OPEC disagreements;

•  No change to the level of available RBL loan facility during the forecast period as this reflects longer-term oil price assumptions that have been 

considered in conjunction with recent discussions with the RBL provider;

•  A reduction in production of 10% to reflect a disruption risk to operational and production related activities from the COVID-19 crisis. As the 
Group is providing a government designated essential service and due to the large number of operational wells, the impact of COVID-19 on 
production has to date been very limited and has been assumed to remain so as management does not currently foresee wells needing to be 
shut down due to the impact of COVID-19. Management therefore considers this assumption represents a reasonable downside in this uncertain 
time based on management’s experience of previous unplanned shut downs;

•  Exchange rates of $1.20:£1 for 2020 and $1.25:£1 for 2021 to reflect a downside caused by the weakening of the dollar later in the period. This 

downside is partially mitigated by the currency hedges the Group has in place; and

•  Includes the impact of action management could take to reduce cash outflow, including delaying capital expenditure and additional reductions 
in costs in order to remain within the Company’s debt liquidity covenants based on the Group’s expected RBL redeterminations in May 2020 
and December 2020. All such mitigating actions are within management’s control and could be actioned within the required time frame. 

In this downside scenario, our forecast shows that the Group will have sufficient liquidity and financial headroom to meet its financial covenants 
for the 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. However, should oil price or demand (and therefore revenue) fall further, 
the Company may not have sufficient funds available for 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. As a result, at the date 
of approval of the financial statements, there is material uncertainty over future commodity prices, the outcome of the May 2020 redetermination 
of the RBL and the potential impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s operational activities. These material uncertainties may cast significant doubt 
upon the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Notwithstanding these material uncertainties, the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group has adequate resources to continue in existence for the foreseeable future and have concluded it is appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements. The financial statements do not include the adjustments that would 
result if the Group was unable to continue as a going concern.

65

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(c) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements present the results of IGas Energy plc and its subsidiaries as if they formed a single entity. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries used in the preparation of consolidated financial statements are based on consistent accounting policies to the 
parent. All intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies, including unrealised profits arising from them, are eliminated 
in full. Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, it is treated as an extension of the entity.

At 31 December 2019, the Group comprised the Company and entities controlled by IGas Energy plc (its subsidiaries). No new subsidiaries were 
acquired during the year but a number of subsidiaries were dissolved/struck off or liquidated, as disclosed in note 2 of the Parent Company 
financial statements.

(d) Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair 
values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under  
IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured  
at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets,  
liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is recognised immediately in the income 
statement. Acquisition costs are expensed and shown as a separate line in the income statement.

(e) Joint arrangements
Certain of the Group’s licence interests are held jointly with others under arrangements whereby unincorporated and jointly controlled ventures 
are used to explore, evaluate and ultimately develop and produce from its oil and gas interests. Accordingly, the Group financial statements for 
its share of assets, liabilities, income and expenditure of these joint operations, classified in the appropriate balance sheet and income statement 
headings, except where its share of such amounts remain the responsibility of another party in accordance with the terms of carried interests as 
described at (i) below. 

Where the Group enters into a farm-in agreement involving a licence in the exploration and evaluation phase, the Group records all costs that  
it incurs under the terms of the joint operating agreement as amended by the farm-in agreement as they are incurred. 

Where the Group enters into a farm-out agreement involving a license in the exploration and evaluation phase, the Group does not record  
any expenditure made by the farmee on its account. It also does not immediately recognise any gain or loss on its exploration and evaluation 
farm-out arrangements, but redesignates any costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole interest as relating to the partial interest 
retained. Any cash consideration received directly from the farmee is credited against costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole 
interest with any excess accounted for by the farmor as a gain on disposal.

When the Group, acting as an operator or manager of a joint arrangement, receives reimbursement of direct costs recharged to the joint 
arrangement, such recharges represent reimbursements of costs that the operator incurred as an agent for the joint arrangement and therefore 
have no effect on profit or loss.

(f) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires management to make judgements and 
estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated 
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates and assumptions are 
continuously evaluated and are based on management’s experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual outcomes can differ from these estimates. 

In particular, the Group has identified the following areas where significant judgements and estimates are required, and where if actual results 
were to differ, this could materially affect the financial position or financial results reported in a future period. Further information on each of 
these and how they impact the various accounting policies are described in the relevant notes to the financial statements. 

66

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 20191 Accounting policies continued
(f) Significant accounting judgements and estimates continued
Estimates:
Recoverable value of intangible exploration and evaluation assets and goodwill
The Group has capitalised intangible exploration and evaluation assets in accordance with IFRS 6. Significant judgement is required in 
considering whether it is appropriate to continue to carry these costs on the balance sheet and whether the assets have been impaired.  
The key areas in which management has applied judgement and estimation include the Group’s intention to proceed with a future work 
programme for a prospect or licence, the likelihood of licence renewal or plans for relinquishment, the assessment of results from wells or 
geological or geophysical studies, the likely impact of political factors including planning permissions and the assessment of whether the 
carrying amount of the exploration and evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered in full from successful development or by sale. Details  
of the Group’s intangible exploration and evaluation assets are disclosed in note 10 to the financial statements.

The Group assesses goodwill each reporting period to determine whether there is any impairment. The assessment requires the use of estimates 
and assumptions such as long-term oil prices, discount rates, reserves, production profiles and capital expenditure. These estimates and 
assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty. Therefore, there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will impact these projections, 
which may impact the recoverable value of goodwill. Details of the Group’s goodwill are disclosed in note 9 to the financial statements.

Recoverable value of property, plant and equipment
Management reviews the Group’s property, plant and equipment at least annually for impairment indicators. The determination of recoverable 
amounts in any resulting impairment test requires judgement around key assumptions. Key assumptions in the impairment models include those 
related to GBP to US dollar foreign exchange rates and prices that are based on forward curves and long-term corporate assumptions thereafter, 
discount rates that are risked to reflect conditions specific to individual assets, future costs, both capital and operating that are based on 
management’s estimates having regard to past experience and the known characteristics of the individual assets, reserves and future production, 
discussed further below. Details of the Group’s property, plant, and equipment are disclosed in note 11 to the financial statements.

Proved and probable reserves and contingent resources
The volume of proved and probable oil and gas reserves is an estimate that affects the unit of production depreciation of producing oil and 
gas property, plant and equipment as well as being a significant estimate affecting decommissioning provisions, impairment calculations and 
the valuation of oil and gas properties in business combinations. Contingent resources affect the valuation of exploration and exploration 
assets acquired in business combinations and the estimation of the recoverable value of those assets in impairment tests. Proved and probable 
reserves and contingent resources are estimated using standard recognised evaluation techniques. Estimates are reviewed at least annually 
and are regularly estimated by independent consultants. Future development costs are estimated taking into account the level of development 
required to produce the reserves by reference to operators, where applicable, and internal engineers.

Deferred tax asset recognition
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 
losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, 
based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies. Estimates of future taxable profits 
are based on cash flows expected to be generated from internal estimates of projected production and costs. Details of the Group’s deferred tax 
assets, including those not recognised due to uncertainty regarding the future utilisation, are disclosed in note 7 to the financial statements.

Decommissioning costs
The estimated cost of decommissioning at the end of the producing lives of fields is reviewed periodically and is based on forecast price  
levels and technology at the balance sheet date. Provision is made for the estimated cost at the balance sheet date, using a discounted  
cash flow methodology and a risk free rate of return. Details of the Group’s decommissioning provisions are disclosed in note 20 to the  
financial statements.

Judgements:
Functional currency 
The determination of functional currency often requires significant judgement where the primary economic environment in which a Company 
operates may not be clear. The parent entity reconsiders the functional currency of its entities if there is a change in the underlying transactions, 
events and conditions which determines the primary economic environment. 

Interest rate implicit in the lease
Since the interest rate implicit in the lease cannot be readily determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used. The incremental 
borrowing rate (IBR) applicable for all of the leases for the Group is between 7.5% and 8.5%. While there is no definitive guidance in IFRS 16  
on how to determine an IBR we are typically observing rates built up from three components as follows:

67

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(f) Significant accounting judgements and estimates continued
Interest rate implicit in the lease continued 
Judgements continued:
a)  Risk free rate – a treasury bond rate or an interest swap rate in the local currency for the country of the lease, which reflects  

the duration of the lease;

b)  Credit spread specific to the lessee; and
c)  Asset/lease specific adjustments to reflect the nature of the collateral.

The determination of whether there is an interest rate implicit in the lease, the calculation of the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, and 
whether any adjustments to this rate are required, involves some judgement and is subject to change over time. At the commencement date of 
leases management consider whether the lease term will be the full term of the lease or whether any option to break or extend the lease is likely 
to be exercised. Leases are regularly reviewed and will be revalued if the term is likely to change.

(g) Exceptional items
Exceptional items are material items of income or expenditure which, in the opinion of the Directors, due to their nature and infrequency require 
separate identification on the face of the income statement to allow a better understanding of the financial performance in the year. 

(h) Revenue
Revenue comprises the invoiced value of goods and services supplied by the Group, net of value added tax and trade discounts. Revenue  
is recognised at a point in time when the control of the goods has passed onto the customers and there is no unfulfilled obligation that could 
affect the customer’s acceptance of the goods. In the case of oil, gas and electricity sales, these are recognised when goods are delivered and 
title has passed to the customer. This generally occurs when the product is physically delivered to the customer’s premises or transferred into  
a vessel, pipe or other delivery mechanism. 

Revenue from the production of oil from fields in which the Group has an interest with other producers, is recognised based on the Group’s 
working interest and the terms of the relevant production sharing contracts. Where oil produced by third parties is processed and delivered  
to a refinery by the Group, the measurement of the revenue depends upon whether physical title to the oil passes to the Group or whether the 
Group simply acts an agent for the producer. 

Estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress toward completion are revised if circumstances change. Any resulting increases or decreases 
in estimated revenues or costs are reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the circumstances that give rise to the revision become known 
by management. In the case of fixed-price contracts, the customer pays the fixed amount based on a payment schedule. If the invoiced value 
of goods or services rendered exceed the payment, a contract asset will be recognised. If the payments exceed the invoiced value of goods or 
services rendered, a contract liability will be recognised. 

(i) Non-current assets 
Goodwill
Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised over the fair 
value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. After initial recognition, goodwill is measured  
at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is 
determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of each cash generating unit (CGU) or group of CGUs to which the goodwill relates. 
Where the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. Impairment losses relating to 
goodwill are not reversed in future periods.

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and discontinued operations
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying  
amount and fair value less costs to sell, except for assets such as deferred tax assets, assets arising from employee benefits, financial assets  
and investment property that are carried at fair value and contractual rights under insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt from  
this requirement.

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write-down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less costs to sell.  
A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or disposal group), but not in excess of any 
cumulative impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non-current asset  
(or disposal group) is recognised at the date of derecognition.

Non-current assets (including those that are part of a disposal group) are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. 
Interest and other expenses attributable to the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale continue to be recognised.

68

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
1 Accounting policies continued
(i) Non-current assets continued
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and discontinued operations continued
Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from the  
other assets in the balance sheet. The liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from other liabilities  
in the balance sheet.

A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate 
major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of 
operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately in the 
statement of profit or loss.

Intangible exploration and evaluation assets
The Group accounts for exploration and evaluation costs in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 6 Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral 
Resources as follows:

•  Any costs incurred prior to obtaining the legal rights to explore an area are expensed immediately to the Income Statement;
•  Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets comprise those related to acquisition of rights to explore, topographical, 

geological, geochemical and geophysical studies, exploratory drilling (including coring and sampling), activities in relation to evaluating the 
technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting hydrocarbons (including appraisal drilling and production tests) and any land rights 
acquired for the sole purpose of effecting these activities. These costs include employee costs, directly attributable overheads, materials and 
consumables, equipment costs and payments made to contractors;

•  Tangible assets acquired for use in exploration and evaluation activities are classified as property, plant and equipment. However, to the 
extent that such tangible assets are consumed in developing an intangible exploration and evaluation asset, the amount reflecting that 
consumption is recorded as part of the exploration and evaluation asset;

•  Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are initially accumulated and capitalised by reference to appropriate 

geographic areas. Expenditure recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are transferred to property, plant and equipment and 
classified as oil and gas assets when technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting hydrocarbons is demonstrable; and 
•  Exploration and evaluation assets are assessed for impairment (on the basis described below), and any impairment loss recognised,  

before reclassification.

Impairment testing of exploration and evaluation assets
Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are tested for impairment whenever facts and circumstances suggest that they 
may be impaired, which includes when a licence is approaching the end of its term and is not expected to be renewed, when there are no 
substantive plans for continued exploration or evaluation of an area, when the Group decides to abandon an area, or where development  
is likely to proceed in an area but there are indications that the exploration and evaluation asset costs are unlikely to be recovered in full either  
by development or through sale.

Property, plant and equipment – oil and gas properties
•  Oil and gas properties and other property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated 

impairment losses;

•  The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price or construction cost, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset into operation and, 
for qualifying assets where relevant, borrowing costs. The purchase price or construction cost is the aggregate amount paid and the fair value 
of any other consideration given to acquire the asset. The cost of oil and gas assets also includes an amount equal to the decommissioning 
cost estimate. The capitalised value of any associated finance leases is also included within property, plant and equipment;

•  Oil and gas properties are depleted either on a unit of production basis, commencing at the start of commercial production, or depreciated 
on a straight-line basis over the relevant asset’s estimated useful life. Where expenditure is depreciated on a unit of production basis, the 
depletion charge is calculated according to the proportion that production bears to the recoverable reserves for each property; and

•  Net proceeds from any disposal of development/producing assets are compared to the previously capitalised costs for the relevant asset or 

group of assets. A gain or loss on disposal of a development/producing asset is recognised in the Income Statement to the extent that the net 
proceeds exceed or are less than the appropriate portion of the net capitalised costs of the asset or group of assets.

69

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(i) Non-current assets continued
Impairment of oil and gas properties
The Group’s interests in oil and gas properties are assessed for indications of impairment including events or changes in circumstances which 
indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Any impairment in value is charged to the Income Statement.

Impairment tests are carried out on the following basis:

•  By comparing the sum of any amounts carried in the books as compared to the recoverable amount;
•  The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The Group generally assesses the fair value 
less costs to sell using the estimated future cash flows which are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU; and

•  Where there has been a charge for impairment in an earlier period that charge will be reversed in a later period where there has been a 

change in circumstances to the extent that the recoverable amount is higher than the net book value at the time. In reversing impairment 
losses, the carrying amount of the asset will be increased to the lower of its original carrying value and the carrying value that would have 
been determined (net of depletion) had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.

Decommissioning
Where a liability for the removal of production facilities or site restoration exists, a provision for decommissioning is recognised. The amount 
recognised is discounted to its present value and is reflected in the Group’s non-current liabilities. A corresponding asset is included in the 
appropriate category of the Group’s non-current assets (intangible exploration and evaluation assets and property, plant and equipment), 
depending on the accounting treatment adopted for the underlying operations/asset leading to the decommissioning provision. The asset  
is assessed for impairment and depleted in accordance with the Group’s policies as set out above.

Carried interests
Where the Group has entered into carried interest agreements in exploration and evaluation projects and the Group’s interest is being  
carried by a third party, no amounts are recorded in the financial statements where expenditure incurred under such agreements is not 
refundable. Where expenditure is refundable, out of what would but for the carry agreements have been the Group’s share of production, the 
Group records amounts as non-current assets, with a corresponding offset in current liabilities or non-current liabilities, as appropriate, but 
only once it is apparent that it is more likely than not that future production will be adequate to result in a refund under the terms of any carry 
agreement; the Group records refunds only to the extent that they are expected to be repayable.

Other property, plant and equipment
Other property, plant and equipment is stated at cost to the Group less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on such assets, with 
the exception of freehold land, at rates calculated to write off the cost of fixed assets, less their estimated residual values, over their estimated 
useful lives at the following rates, with any impairment being accounted for as additional depreciation:

Equipment used for exploration and evaluation 
Freehold land 
Buildings/leasehold property improvements 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

– between six and twelve years on a straight-line basis
– indefinite useful life
– over five to ten years on a straight-line basis/over the period of the lease 
– between three and twenty years on a straight-line basis
– over four years on a straight-line basis 

The Group does not capitalise amounts considered to be immaterial. 

70

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 20191 Accounting policies continued
(j) Financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and cash held on current account or on short-term deposits at variable interest rates with 
original maturity periods of up to three months. Any interest earned is accrued monthly and classified as interest income within finance income. 

Other financial assets – restricted cash
Restricted cash relates to bond guarantees issued to governments for the performance under the terms of work programmes. Funds are only 
classified as cash and cash equivalents when monies are transferred to and under the control of the Group.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are initially recognised at the amount of 
consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised at fair value.  
Details about the Group’s impairment policy and the calculation of loss allowance is provided in the Impairment accounting policy below.

Trade and other payables
These financial liabilities are all non-interest bearing and are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration payable.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and variability in the 
price realised on a proportion of its crude oil production. All derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value at each period end. Apart from those derivatives 
designated as qualifying cash flow hedging instruments, all changes in fair value are recorded as financial income or expense in the year  
in which they arise, otherwise they are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Fair value is the amount for which a financial asset, liability or instrument could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an 
arm’s length transaction. It is determined by reference to quoted market prices adjusted for estimated transaction costs that would be incurred 
in an actual transaction, or by the use of established estimation techniques such as option pricing models and estimated discounted values of 
cash flows. The fair value of derivative financial instruments has been calculated on a discounted cash flow basis by reference to forward market 
prices and risk free returns adjusted in the case of derivative financial liabilities by an appropriate credit spread.

Impairment of financial assets 
At the end of each reporting period, a provision is made if there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets was 
impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets was impaired and impairment loss is incurred only if there is objective evidence of 
impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event), and that loss event (or events) 
had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that could be reliably estimated. 

Assets carried at amortised cost
For loans and receivables, the amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that had not been incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective 
interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of loss is recognised in the income statement.

If in the subsequent period, the amount of loss decreased and the decrease is related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was 
recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in the 
income statement.

Expected credit loss
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised cost.  
The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For trade receivables,  
the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial  
recognition of receivables.

71

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(k) Borrowings
Borrowings are measured initially at fair value. After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are 
derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process. When management estimates of the amounts or timings of cash flows are revised, 
borrowings are re-measured using the revised cash flow estimates under the original effective interest rate with any consequent adjustment 
being recognised in the income statement.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs in the income statement.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of these assets, until such time as the assets are 
substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted  
from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the periods in which  
they are incurred.

Derecognition
The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable is recognised 
in profit or loss.

(l) Leases
As explained in note 1 (a) above, the Group has changed its accounting policy for leases where the Group is the lessee. Leases in which a 
significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership were not transferred to the Group were classified as operating leases. Payments made 
under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) were charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of 
the lease. The impact of the change is described note 13 and the new policy is as follows:

Amounts recognised in cash flow statement
Lease payments are now split between financing cash flows and operating cash flows in the cash flow statement. Financing cash flows represent 
repayment of principal and interest. In prior periods operating lease payments were all presented as operating cash flows under IAS 17. 

Right-of-use assets
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease. Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for any re-measurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount 
of lease liabilities recognised, adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received. 
Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the lease term on a straight-line basis. Right-of-use assets are 
subject to and reviewed regularly for impairment. Depreciation on right-of-use assets is included in depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
within cost of sales or in administrative expense in the consolidated income statement based on the nature of the asset.

Lease liabilities
The Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of the lease payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments 
include fixed payments less any lease incentives receivable and variable lease payments that depend on an index. The Group is exposed to 
potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect. 
When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use 
asset. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability.

Extension renewal and termination options
Extension, renewal and termination options are included in a number of property, land, cars and other equipment leases across the Group.  
In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an option  
to extend or renew, or not exercise a termination option. Extension and renewal options (or periods after termination options) are only included 
in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. 
The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this 
assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. 

72

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 20191 Accounting policies continued
(m) Inventories
Inventories, consisting of crude oil, and drilling and maintenance materials, are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs 
comprise costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. 
Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of ordinarily inter-changeable items.

(n) Taxation
The tax charge/credit includes current and deferred tax.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid to the tax authorities. Taxable profit/(loss) 
differs from the profit/(loss) before taxation as reported in the Income Statement as it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or 
deductible in different periods and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date except when 
the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination 
and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Temporary differences arise from differences 
at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred 
tax liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be 
recovered and the carrying amount is reviewed at each reporting date. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting 
date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realised or the liability 
is settled, based on the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax relating to items 
recognised outside profit or loss are recognised in correlation to the underlying transaction, either in other comprehensive income or directly  
in equity.

(o) Share-based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees including Directors, the fair value of the options at the date of the grant is recorded in equity 
over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions, but only those related to service and performance, are taken into account by adjusting 
the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over 
the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. All other vesting conditions, including market vesting conditions, 
are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, the amount recorded is computed 
irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative amount recognised is not adjusted for the failure to achieve  
a market vesting condition; although equity no longer required for options may be transferred to another equity reserve.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured by the change 
from immediately before to after the modification, is also recorded in equity over the remaining vesting period.

When an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised on the 
award is recognised immediately.

Where an equity-settled award is identified as a replacement it will be treated as a modification to the original plan where the incremental fair 
value of the replacement award is expensed over the vesting period of the replacement award. The fair value of the original award on its grant 
date continues to be recognised over its original vesting period. 

Where equity instruments are granted to persons other than employees, the amount recognised in equity is the fair value of goods and  
services received. 

Charges corresponding to the amounts recognised in equity are accounted for as a cost against profit and loss unless the services rendered 
qualify for capitalisation as a non-current asset. Costs may be capitalised within non-current assets in the event of services being rendered  
in connection with an acquisition of intangible exploration and evaluation assets or property, plant and equipment.

Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, the value of such shares at issue will be 
recorded in share capital and share premium account in the ordinary way, but will not affect shareholders’ funds since this same value will  
be shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds by way of a separate component of equity (Treasury shares). 

73

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(p) Post-retirement benefits
A subsidiary within the Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the 
Group in an independently administered fund. The amount charged to the Income Statement represents the contributions paid/payable to the 
scheme in respect of the accounting period.

(q) Equity
Equity instruments issued by the Company are usually recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and allocated between  
called up share capital and share premium accounts as appropriate.

(r) Foreign currency 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling, the functional currency of the Group. Transactions denominated in 
currencies other than functional currency UK pound sterling are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All differences 
that arise are recorded in the income statement.

For the purposes of consolidation, the income statement items of those entities for which the UK pound sterling is not the functional  
currency are translated into UK pound sterling at the average rates of exchange during the period. The related balance sheets are translated at 
the rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on translation of the opening net assets and results of such operations,  
are reported in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity.

The exchange differences arising on intercompany balances that form part of an entity’s net investment in a foreign operation, are recognised  
in other comprehensive income and accumulated in foreign currency translation reserve until the disposal of the foreign operation.

On disposal of entities with a different functional currency to the Company’s functional currency, the deferred cumulative exchange differences 
recognised in equity relating to that particular operation would be recognised in the income statement.

(s) Discontinued operations
The Group classifies non-current assets and disposal groups as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through  
a sale rather than through continuing use. Such non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower  
of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Costs to dispose are the incremental costs directly attributable to the sale, excluding  
the finance costs and income tax expense.

The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available  
for immediate distribution in its present condition. Actions required to complete the sale should indicate that it is unlikely that significant 
changes to the sale will be made or that the sale will be withdrawn. Management must be committed to the sale being expected within  
one year from the date of the classification. 

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are not depreciated or amortised once classified as held for sale. Assets and liabilities 
classified as held for sale are presented separately as current items in the statement of financial position. 

A disposal group qualifies as a discontinued operation if it is a component of an entity that either has been disposed of, or is classified as held 
for sale, and:

•  Represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations;
• 
• 

Is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations; or
Is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.

Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and are presented as a single amount as profit or loss after tax 
from discontinued operations in the income statement. All other notes to the financial statements include amounts for continuing operations, 
unless otherwise mentioned.

74

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 20192 Revenue 
The Group derives revenue solely within the United Kingdom from the transfer of goods and services to external customers which is recognised 
at a point in time. The Group’s major product lines are:

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

Oil sales  
Electricity sales 
Gas sales 

39,248 
966 
687 

40,901 

41,978
888
62

42,928

Revenues of approximately £18.8 million and £20.5 million were derived from the Group’s two largest customers (2018: £21.6 million  
and £20.4 million) and are attributed to the oil sales. 

As at 31 December 2019, there are no contract assets or contract liabilities outstanding.

3 Operating loss

Operating loss is stated after charging: 
Staff costs  
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation* 
Auditors’ remuneration: 
  Audit of the financial statements 
  Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries 
  Taxation advisory services 
 Other non-audit services 
Operating lease charges (note 22): 
  Land and buildings 
  Other 

*   Reconciliation of depletion, depreciation and amortisation is as follows:

Cost of sales 
Administrative expenses 

Total in operating loss 
Capitalised equipment used for exploration and evaluation 
Other 

Total depreciation 

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

(12,727) 
(9,399) 

(12,960)
(6,923)

(225) 
(40) 
– 
(40) 

(225)
(72)
(33)
(53)

– 
– 

(1,794)
(271)

Property,
plant  and 
equipment  
(note 11) 

(7,848) 
(48) 

(7,896) 
(41) 
(9) 

(7,946) 

Right-of-
use assets 

Total
 (note 13)  depreciation

(1,210) 
(293) 

(1,503) 
– 
– 

(1,503) 

(9,058)
(341)

(9,399)
(41)
(9)

(9,449)

75

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

4 Derivative financial instruments
Loss on oil price derivatives

Realised loss on oil price derivatives 
Unrealised (loss)/ gain on oil price derivatives 

Gain/(loss) on foreign exchange contracts

Unrealised gain/(loss) 

5 Employee information

Staff costs comprised: 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs 
Employee share-based payment cost  

Average monthly number of employees including Directors in the year  
Operations, including services 
Administrative 

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

(968) 
(2,380) 

(3,348) 

(5,544)
4,906

(638)

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

265 

(180)

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

9,544 
1,110 
745 
1,328 

9,488
1,139
727
1,606

12,727 

12,960

No. 

115 
37 

152 

No.

116
37

153

Details of Directors’ remuneration, Directors’ transactions and Directors’ interests are set out in the audited section of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report which forms part of these financial statements.

A proportion of the Group’s staff costs shown above is capitalised as additions to intangible exploration and evaluation assets and property, 
plant and equipment in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. In addition, a proportion is recharged to joint venture partners  
as part of our time writing rate.

76

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 Finance income/(costs)

Finance income:
Interest on short-term deposits 
Foreign exchange gains 
Other interest and finance charges 

Finance income  

Finance expense: 
Interest on borrowings  
Foreign exchange loss 
Unwinding of discount on provisions (note 20) 
Finance charge on lease liability for assets in use 

Finance expense  

7 Income tax credit
(i) Tax credit on loss from continuing ordinary activities

Current tax: 
Charge on loss for the year 
Charge in relation to prior years 

Total current tax charge 

Deferred tax: 
Credit relating to the origination or reversal of temporary differences  
Charge due to tax rate changes  
Credit in relation to prior years 

Total deferred tax credit 

Tax credit on loss on ordinary activities 

Year ended  

Year  ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

127 
333 

– 6

460 

63
–

69

(1,874) 
– 
(1,310) 
(677) 

(3,861) 

(1,948)
(895)
(1,105)
–

(3,948)

Year ended  

Year  ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

– 
– 9

– 9

(3,461) 
– 
(5,846) 

(9,307) 

(9,307) 

–

(782)
84
(3,056)

(3,754)

(3,745)

77

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

7 Income tax credit continued
(ii) Factors affecting the tax charge
The majority of the Group’s profits are generated by ‘ring-fence’ businesses which attract UK corporation tax and supplementary charge  
at a combined average rate of 40%. 

A reconciliation of the UK statutory corporation tax rate applied to the Group’s loss before tax to the Group’s total tax credit is as follows:

Year ended  

Year  ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

Loss from continuing ordinary activities before tax 
Expected tax credit based on loss from continuing ordinary activities multiplied by an average  
  combined rate of corporation tax and supplementary charge in the UK of 40% (2018: 40%) 
Deferred tax credit in respect of the prior year 
Current tax charge related to prior year 
Tax effect of expenses not allowable for tax purposes 
Tax effect of differences in amounts not allowable for supplementary charge purposes* 
Impact of profits or losses taxed or relieved at different rates 
Use of losses under the loss restriction rules 
Net increase in unrecognised losses carried forward 
Intra-group transfer of assets 
Tax rate change  
Other 

Tax credit on loss on ordinary activities 

(59,137) 

(25,119)

(23,655) 
(5,846) 
– 9

9,850 
(121) 
292 
– 
10,197 
– 
– 
(24) 

(9,307) 

(10,047)
(3,056)

1,190
999
603
(827)
7,138
11
84
151

(3,745)

*  Amounts not allowable for supplementary charge purposes relate to net financing costs disallowed for supplementary charge offset by investment allowance which is 

deductible against profits subject to supplementary charge. 

(iii) Deferred tax
The movement on the deferred tax asset in the year is shown below:

Year ended  

Year  ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

Asset at 1 January 
Tax credit relating to prior year 
Tax credit during the year 
Tax charge arising due to the changes in tax rates 
Other 

Asset at 31 December 

The following is an analysis of the deferred tax asset by category of temporary difference:

Accelerated capital allowances 
Tax losses carried forward 
Investment allowance unutilised 
Decommissioning provision 
Unrealised gains or losses on derivative contracts 
Share-based payments 
Right-of-use asset and liability 
Other 

Deferred tax asset 

78

20,656 
5,846 
3,461 
– 
(2) 2

16,900
3,056
782
(84)

29,961 

20,656

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

(13,993) 
29,735 
1,297 
9,628 
1,799 
1,675 
(180) 
– 2

(26,409)
35,721
840
8,095
924
1,483
–

29,961 

20,656

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 Income tax credit continued
(iv) Tax losses 
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of tax losses and other temporary differences where the Directors believe it is probable that 
these assets will be recovered. Such tax losses include £94.4 million (2018: £114.3 million) of ring-fence corporation tax losses.

The Group has further tax losses and other similar attributes carried forward of approximately £234.8 million (2018: £203.0 million) for which 
no deferred tax asset is recognised due to insufficient certainty regarding the availability of appropriate future taxable profits. The unrecognised 
losses may affect future tax charges should certain subsidiaries in the Group generate taxable trading profits in future periods.

8 Earnings per share (EPS)
Continuing
Basic EPS amounts are based on the loss for the year after taxation attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent of £49.8 million (2018: a loss 
of £21.4 million) and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year of 121.7 million (2018: 121.5 million).

Diluted EPS amounts are based on the loss for the year after taxation attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the parent and the weighted 
average number of shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the 
conversion of all the potentially dilutive ordinary shares into ordinary shares, except where these are anti-dilutive. 

As at 31 December 2019, there are 6.3 million potentially dilutive employee share options (31 December 2018: 4.6 million potentially dilutive 
share options) which are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their conversion to ordinary shares would have 
decreased the loss per share. 

The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations:

Basic loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002 pence each  
Diluted loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002 pence each 
Loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent from continuing operations – £000 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – basic EPS 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – diluted EPS 

Year ended  
31 December 
 2019  

Year ended
31 December
 2018 

(40.93p) 
(40.93p) 
(49,830) 

(17.59p)
(17.59p)
(21,374)
121,729,407  121,483,931
128,047,666  126,104,420

Discontinued
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share including discontinued operations:

Basic loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002 pence each  
Diluted loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002 pence each 
Loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent from continuing operations – £000 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – basic EPS 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – diluted EPS 

Year ended  
31 December 
 2019  

Year ended
31 December
 2018 

(41.26p) 
(41.26p) 
(50,226) 

(17.56p)
(17.56p)
(21,333)
121,729,407  121,483,931
  128,047,666  126,104,420

79

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

9 Goodwill

At 1 January 
Impairment 

At 31 December 

2019  
£000 

4,801 
(4,801) 

– 

2018
£000

4,801
–

4,801

The carrying value of goodwill related to unconventional assets acquired as part of the Dart acquisition in 2014. The Group tests goodwill for 
impairment annually or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The Group reviewed the valuation of goodwill 
as at 31 December 2019 and assessed it for impairment. Following a moratorium on fracking announced by the UK Government in late 2019, 
management assessed that the carrying value of goodwill was not recoverable and impaired the brought forward balance of £4.8 million in full 
for the year (2018: £nil). 

10 Intangible exploration and evaluation assets

At 1 January 
Additions 
Transfers from/(to) held for sale 
Changes in decommissioning* 
Amounts written-off 

At 31 December 

 2019  
£000 

89,282 
3,984 
342 
1,775 
(53,928) 

2018
 £000

115,130
3,561
(342)
–
(29,067)

41,455 

89,282

*  The decommissioning asset increased in line with the decommissioning liability following a review of the estimate at 31 December 2019 (note 20).

In November 2019, the UK Government announced an effective moratorium on fracking in Britain, based on analysis of one well in the North 
West by the OGA, until new scientific evidence is provided in respect of the impacts of seismicity during the process of hydraulic fracturing. 
Management have been working and will continue to work closely with the relevant regulators to demonstrate that the Group can operate safely 
and environmentally responsibly. However, following an impairment review, the Group impaired in full those assets outside our core area where 
the Group does not have plans in the near-term to continue exploration or development activities. Exploration costs written off were £53.9 
million (31 December 2018: £29.1 million), of which £51.8 million related to licences in the North West, primarily PEDL 145 (Doe Green), PEDL 
193, PEDL 147 and PEDL 189 where the previously capitalised assets have been written off in full; and £0.8 million related to PEDL 146, EXL 288 
and 56-1 in the East Midlands where relinquishment of the licences are planned in 2020. The balance relates to exploration costs on a number of 
other licences outside our core area. (2018 impairment comprised: £20.7 million related to the Doe Green production facility in the North West 
(PEDL 145) where a long-term test determined that there was no potential for a commercial development; £3.2 million related to a well not being 
used in the Albury development and £5.2 million related to relinquished licences).  As part of our ongoing active portfolio management, we are 
continually reviewing our acreage positions and will continue to seek to relinquish non-core licences or impair licences where the carrying value 
cannot be supported.  

An analysis by location of the remaining exploration and evaluation assets is as follows:

North West: The Group has £5.9 million (2018: £48.7 million) of capitalised exploration expenditure relating to Ellesmere Port where IGas has 
lodged an appeal against the decision made by Cheshire West and Chester Council’s Planning and Licensing Committee to refuse planning 
consent for routine tests on a rock formation encountered in the Ellesmere Port-1 well. The appeal has been recovered by the Secretary of State 
and the decision is expected in mid-2020. As the outcome is still undetermined it is appropriate to keep the carrying value of the asset capitalised.

East Midlands: The Group has £31.6 million (2018: £36.9 million) of capitalised exploration expenditure relating to our core area in the 
Gainsborough Trough which includes PEDLs 12, 139, 140, 169, 200 and 210. The Gainsborough Trough is an area with significant shale potential 
and we have a work programme in place. Following the moratorium on fracking, we will work with the UK Government to demonstrate that we 
can develop shale in this area in a safe manner.

Weald: The Group has £4.0 million (2018: £3.5 million) of capitalised exploration expenditure which includes PEDL 235.

At 31 December 2019, the Group has a combined carried gross work programme of up to $214 million (£161 million) (2018: $220 million  
(£170 million)) from its partner, INEOS Upstream Limited. In 2019, £7.3m (2018: £9.2 million) gross costs were carried, principally in relation to 
activities at Springs Road, which have not been included in the additions to intangible exploration and evaluation assets during the year.

80

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Changes in decommissioning** 
Transfers from/(to) assets held for sale (note 17) 

31 December 2019  

31 December 2018

Other 
property, 
plant and 
equipment 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Oil and gas 
assets 
£’000 

Other
property,
plant and
equipment 
£’000 

2,871 
10 
– 
– 
779 

157,520 
5,501 
(118) 
5,908 
32,724 

171,888 
10,135 
(25) 
4,596 
(31,945) 

3,603 
104 
(57) 
– 
(779) 

Oil and gas 
assets 
£’000 

154,649 
5,491 
(118) 
5,908 
31,945 

Total
£’000

175,491
10,239
(82)
4,596
(32,724)

At 31 December 

197,875 

3,660 

201,535 

154,649 

2,871 

157,520

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 
Charge for the year* 
Disposals 
Transfers from/(to) assets held for sale (note 17) 

At 31 December 

NBV at 31 December 

65,002 
7,688 
(117) 
22,367 

94,940 

1,115 
258 
– 
690 

2,063 

66,117 
7,946 
(117) 
23,057 

80,756 
6,638 
(25) 
(22,367) 

97,003 

65,002 

1,577 
285 
(57) 
(690) 

1,115 

82,333
6,923
(82)
(23,057)

66,117

102,935 

1,597 

104,532 

89,647 

1,756 

91,403

*  Charge for the year includes £48 thousand categorised as administration expenses in the profit and loss (2018: £99 thousand).
** The decommissioning asset increased in line with the decommissioning liability following a review of the estimate at 31 December 2019 (note 20).

Impairment of oil and gas properties
Due to the continuing volatility in oil and gas prices and foreign exchange rates, the Group’s oil and gas properties were reviewed for impairment 
as at 31 December 2019. CGUs for impairment purposes are the group of fields whereby technical, economic and/or contractual features 
create underlying interdependence in cash flows. The Group has identified the three main producing CGUs as: North, South, and Scotland. The 
impairment assessment for the North, South and Scotland was prepared on a fair value less costs of disposal basis using discounted future cash 
flows based on 2P reserve profiles. The future cash flows were estimated using price assumption for Brent of $60/bbl for the years 2020-2024 
and $70/bbl (2018: $75/bbl) thereafter, and a USD/GBP foreign exchange rate of $1.35:£1.00 (2018: $1.30/£1.00).  Cash flows were discounted 
using a pre-tax discount rate of 8.5% (2018: 11%).  No impairment was required in the year (2018: £nil).

Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
As discussed above, the principal assumptions are recoverable future production and resources, estimated Brent prices and the USD/GBP foreign 
exchange rate. Impairments which would result from changes to the key assumptions are shown below:

CGU 

Discount rate 

Prices 

USD/GBP foreign 
exchange rate 

Combined sensitivity
(discount rate, price,
foreign exchange)

North 

South 

Scotland 

9.5% 

£’million 

1.2 

N/A 

0.2 

$35/bbl in 2020, rising 
by $5 each year to 2024 
and $60/bbl thereafter 

$1.20:£1.00 to 2024 and 
$1.35:£1.00 thereafter

£’million 

£’million 

£’million

31.4 

2.4 

0.7 

£ 

N/A 

N/A 

27.9

16.4

0.6

The sensitivity analysis above does not take into account any mitigating actions available to management should these changes occur.

In addition, management considered the impact of climate change on the value of the Group’s conventional assets. Assessing the impact is 
difficult and very subjective. However, management have assumed that this might result in lower oil prices or increased costs in the medium term 
and have therefore calculated a sensitivity based on a reduced price of £50/bbl from 2030 onwards and a cessation of production after 2050. 
This would result in an impairment of £7.9 million for the North CGU, £1.3 million for the South CGU and £0.1 million for the Scotland CGU.

81

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

12 Interest in joint arrangements 
As at 31 December 2019, the Group has a combined carried gross work programme of up to $214 million (£161 million) from its farm-in partners – 
INEOS Upstream Limited (INEOS), (see note 10).The Group’s material joint operations as at 31 December 2019 are set out below:

Licenses 

East Midlands 
PEDL 169 
EXL 288 
PEDL 146 
PEDL 210 
PEDL 012 
PEDL 200 
PEDL 278 
PEDL 273 
PEDL 305 
PEDL 316 
PEDL 139 
PEDL 140 

North West 
PEDL 190 
PEDL 145 
PEDL 147 
PEDL 184 
PEDL 189 
PEDL 190 
PEDL 193 
PEDL 293 
PEDL 295 
EXL  273 

Weald 
PL211 
PEDL070 

Partner 

IGas’ interest 

Operator

Egdon 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
Egdon 
INEOS, Total, Egdon 
INEOS, Total, Egdon 
INEOS, Total, Egdon 
INEOS, Egdon, eCorp 
INEOS, Egdon, eCorp 

INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS  

80% 
75% 
75% 
75% 
55% 
55% 
50% 
35% 
35% 
35% 
32% 
32% 

50% 
40% 
25% 
50% 
25% 
50% 
40% 
30% 
30% 
15% 

IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas

IGas
INEOS
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
INEOS
INEOS
INEOS
INEOS

 UKOOG 
 UKOOG, Egdon, Aurora, Corfe  

90% 
54% 

IGas
IGas

13 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities  
The Group adopted IFRS 16 Leases, which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases, 
for periods commencing after 1 January 2019. On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases which were 
previously classified as operating leases under the provisions of IAS 17 Leases. 

The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for
The Group leases property, land, cars and other equipment. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of between 3 and 30 years  
but may have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of terms and conditions. Leased 
assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes. 

Until 31 December 2018, leases of property, land, cars and other equipment were classified as operating leases. See note 1 (l) for details.  
From 1 January 2019, leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available 
for use by the Group.

82

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities continued
The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for continued
(a) Adjustments recognised on adoption of IFRS 16
In accordance with the transition provisions in IFRS 16, the modified retrospective approach has been adopted with the cumulative effect of 
initially applying the new standard recognised on 1 January 2019. Comparatives for the 2018 financial year have not been restated. The financial 
impact of transition to IFRS 16 for the year ended 31 December 2019 has been summarised within this note.  In applying IFRS 16 for the first 
time, the Group has used the practical expedient permitted by the standard, relying on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous 
as an alternative to performing an impairment review – there were no onerous contracts as at 1 January 2019. The Group has elected to use 
the recognition exemptions for lease contracts that, at the commencement date, have a lease term of 12 months or less and do not contain a 
purchase option, and lease contracts for which the underlying asset is of low value (‘low-value assets’). The Group recognises lease expenses  
for these contracts on a straight-line basis as permitted by IFRS 16. Lease liabilities related to operated Joint Ventures are disclosed gross. 

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at 31 December 2018 
Operating leases relating to assets transferred from ’held for sale’ assets 
Impact of discounting using the incremental borrowing rate (IBR) on transition 
Less: low-value leases recognised on a straight-line basis as expense 
Add: adjustments as a result of a different treatment of extension and termination options 

Lease liability recognised as at 1 January 2019 

Lease liabilities 
Current 
Non-current 

(b) Amounts recognised in the balance sheet
The Group has identified lease portfolios for property, land, cars and other equipment as follows: 

Right-of-use assets 
Land 
Motor vehicles and other equipment 
Property 

  1 January 2019
£000

9,605
958
(4,237)
(17)
1,421

7,730 

  31 December  
2019 
£000 

1 January
2019
 £000

988 
6,173 

7,161 

1,533
6,197

7,730

  31 December  
2019 
£000 

1 January
2019
 £000

7,182 
156 
330 

7,668 

6,548
350
832

7,730

Additions to the right-of-use assets during the 2019 financial year were £1.4 million and depreciation £1.5 million.

Sensitivity 
Management performed sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the incremental borrowing rate on the Group’s lease liability  
and right-of-use asset balances. A 3% increase in the IBR would result in an increase in right-of-use asset of £1.1 million and lease liability  
of £1.1 million.

83

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

13 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities continued
The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for continued
(c) Amounts recognised in the income statement
The income statement includes the following amounts relating to leases:

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets 
Land 
Property 
Motor vehicles and other equipment 

Interest expense (included in finance cost) 
Expense relating to leases of low-value and short-term leases (included in cost of sales administrative expense)  

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group had a total cash outflow of £2.7 million on qualifying leases. 

  31 December   31 December
2018
 £000

2019 
 £000 

1,025 
268 
210 

1,503 

677 
77 

–
–
–

–

–
–

The financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was an increase in recognised 
lease liabilities and right-of-use assets of £1.4 million.

14 Inventories

Oil stock 
Drilling and maintenance materials 

15 Trade and other receivables

Trade debtors 
Prepayments 
Other debtors 
VAT recoverable 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

536 
657 

1,193 

502
647

1,149

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

3,184 
1,383 
800 
619 

5,986 

2,837
1,711
4 ,888
153

9,589

Trade debtors are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
non-interest bearing and due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are recognised initially 
at the amount of consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised 
at fair value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows, and therefore measures them 
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Details about the Group’s impairment policies and the calculation of the loss 
allowance are provided in note 23.

 Due to the short-term nature of the current receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

84

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 

The cash and cash equivalents does not include restricted cash. 

Restricted cash

Current 
Non-current 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

8,194 

15,112

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

– 
410 

193
410

The restricted cash represents restoration deposits paid to Nottinghamshire County Council which serve as collateral for the restoration of 
drilling sites at the end of their life. The restoration deposits are subject to regulatory and other restrictions and are therefore not available for 
general use by the other entities within the Group.

Net debt reconciliation

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings – including capitalised fees 

Net debt 
Capitalised fees 

Net debt excluding capitalised fees 

At 1 January 
Repayment of bond 
Interest paid on borrowings 
Drawdown of RBL (note 19) 
Capitalised fees 
Repayment of RBL (note 19) 
Foreign exchange adjustments 
Other cash flows 
Other non-cash movements 

At 31 December 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

8,194 
(13,071) 

(4,877) 
(1,272) 

(6,149) 

15,112
(20,980)

(5,868)
(518)

(6,386)

31 December 2019  

31 December 2018

Cash and cash  
equivalents  
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

  Cash and cash
equivalents  
£000 

Total 
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

15,112 
(21,355) 
(2,021) 
19,319 
(1,059) 
(4,639) 
(307) 
3,144 
– 

(20,980) 
21,355 
– 
(19,319) 
1,308 
4,639 
645 
– 
(719) 

8,194 

(13,071) 

(5,868) 
– 
(2,021) 
– 
249 
– 
338 
3,144 
(719) 

(4,877) 

15,727 
(1,722) 
(1,751) 
– 
– 
– 
371 
2,487 
– 

(21,240) 
1,722 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1,238) 
– 
(224) 

Total
£000

(5,513)
–
(1,751)
–
–
–
(867)
2,487
(224)

15,112 

(20,980) 

(5,868)

85

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

17 Disposal group classified as held for sale and discontinued operations
Discontinued operations
The divestment of assets acquired as part of the Dart acquisition, namely the Rest of the World segment, was completed in 2016. The Group still 
has a presence in a number of Australian and Singaporean registered operations and continues its plans to exit all legal jurisdictions in the near 
future. During the year ended 31 December 2019, 14 of the subsidiaries have been dissolved/struck off and a further six are in the process of 
being liquidated or struck off. The total loss after tax in respect of discontinued operations was £0.4 million primarily relating to administration 
costs (year ended 31 December 2018: profit after tax of £0.04 million, primarily relating to administration costs and over-accruals in prior year). 
Tax on discontinued operations during the year was £nil (2018: a credit of £0.3 million).

Disposal group classified as held for sale
In May 2018, the Group announced the potential sale of certain non-core assets to Onshore Petroleum Limited (OPL) subject to OGA consent. 
The OGA did not give their consent to the proposed transaction and the Group has not agreed an alternative transaction with OPL. Assets and 
liabilities which were recognised as held for sale in the prior year have therefore been re-classified back to their respective balance sheet 
categories during the current year, as follows:

Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Oil stock 

Total assets 

Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Total liabilities 

Net liabilities 

18 Trade and other payables

Current 
Trade creditors 
Employment taxes 
Other creditors and accruals 

Non-current 
Amounts due to a related party 
Other creditors and accruals 

  31 December 
2019
£000

342
9,667
91

10,100

(350)
(9,922)
(10,272)

(172)

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

(2,154) 
(292) 
(6,842) 

(4,573)
(316)
(6,989)

(9,288) 

(11,878)

(371) 
(1,158) 

(1,529) 

(371)
(1,545)

(1,916)

Trade creditors are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. 

The carrying amounts of each of the Group’s financial liabilities included within trade and other payables are considered to be a reasonable 
approximation of their fair value. 

86

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19 Borrowings

Bonds – secured 
Reserve Based Lending facility – secured 

31 December 2019  

31 December 2018

Current  Non-current 
£000 

£000 

Total 
£000 

Current  Non-current 
£000 

£000 

Total
£000

– 
– 

– 
(13,071) 

– 
(13,071) 

(2,389) 
– 

(18,591) 
– 

(20,980)
–

In 2013, the Company and Norsk Tillitsmann (Bond Trustee) entered into a Bond Agreement for the Company to issue up to $165.0 million 
secured bonds and up to $30.0 million unsecured bonds (issued at 96% of par). These bonds were subsequently listed on Oslo Bors and  
the Alternative bond market in Oslo. Both secured and unsecured bonds carried a coupon of 10% per annum (where interest was payable  
semi-annually in arrears). The secured bonds were amortised semi-annually at 2.5% of the initial loan amount. Final maturity on the secured 
notes was on 22 March 2018 and on the unsecured notes was 11 December 2018. 

In April 2017, the Company restructured its debt resulting in the equitisation of the unsecured bonds and a repayment/equitisation of a portion 
of the secured bonds. The restructuring reduced the total aggregate face value of the secured bonds to $30.4 million. The interest rate was 
reduced to 8%, the repayment term was extended to 30 June 2021, and the amortisation rate was increased to 5% of the initial loan amount 
from 23 March 2018. 

On 19 November 2019, the Group repaid its secured bonds at par value (100%) plus accrued interest through the drawdown of $25 million from 
the RBL with BMO.  

Reserve Based Lending facility (RBL)
On 3 October 2019, the Company announced that it had signed a $40.0 million RBL with BMO. In addition to the committed $40.0 million RBL, 
a further $20.0 million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new conventional developments.  
The RBL has a five-year term, an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.0%, matures in September 2024 and is secured on the Company’s assets. The RBL 
is subject to a semi-annual redetermination in May and November when the loan availability will be recalculated taking into account forecast 
commodity prices, remaining field reserves (assessed by an independent reserves auditor annually) and the latest forecast of operating and 
capital costs.

Under the terms of the RBL, the Group is subject to a financial covenant whereby, as at 30 June and 31 December each year, the ratio of Net Debt 
at the period end to EBITDAX for the previous 12 months shall be less than or equal to 3.5:1.

A loss of £0.7 million arising from debt re-financing was recognised for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Collateral against borrowing
A Security Agreement was executed between BMO and IGas Energy plc and some of its subsidiaries, namely; Island Gas Limited, Island Gas 
Operations Limited, Star Energy Weald Basin Limited, Star Energy Group Limited, Star Energy Limited, Island Gas (Singleton) Limited, Dart Energy 
(East England) Limited, Dart Energy (West England) Limited, IGas Energy Development Limited, IGas Energy Enterprise Limited, Dart Energy 
(Europe) Limited and IGas Energy Production Limited.

Under the terms of this Agreement, BMO have a floating charge over all of the assets of these legal entities, other than property, assets, rights and 
revenue detailed in a fixed charge. The fixed charge encompasses the Real Property (freehold and/or leasehold property), the specific petroleum 
licences, all pipelines, plant, machinery, vehicles, fixtures, fittings, computers, office and other equipment, all related property rights, all bank 
accounts, shares and assigned agreements and rights including related property rights (hedging agreements, all assigned intergroup receivables 
and each required insurance and the insurance proceeds).  

87

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

20 Provisions

Decommissioning provision 

At 1 January 
Utilisation of provision 
Unwinding of discount (note 6) 
Reassessment of decommissioning provision (note 10 and note 11) 
Transfer (from)/to liabilities held for sale (note 17) 

At 31 December 

The Group spent £1.8 million on decommissioning during the year.

  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

(37,946) 
1,760 
(1,310) 
(7,683) 
(9,922) 

(42,117)
91
(1,105)
(4,737)
9,922

(55,101) 

(37,946)

Provision has been made for the discounted future cost of abandoning wells and restoring sites to a condition acceptable to the relevant 
authorities. This is expected to take place between 1 to 35 years from year-end (2018: 1 to 26 years). The provisions are based on the Groups’ 
internal estimate as at 31 December 2019. Assumptions are based on the current experience from decommissioning wells which management 
believes is a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the future liability. The estimates are reviewed regularly to take account of any material 
changes to the assumptions. Actual decommissioning costs will ultimately depend upon future costs for decommissioning which will reflect 
market conditions and regulations at that time. Furthermore, the timing of decommissioning is uncertain and is likely to depend on when the 
fields cease to produce at economically viable rates. This, in turn, will depend on factors such as future oil and gas prices, which are inherently 
uncertain.

A risk free rate range of 1.27% to 3.03% is used in the calculation of the provision as at 31 December 2019 (2018: Risk free rate range of 0.98% 
to 3.04%).

21 Pension scheme
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. Contributions payable by the Group for the year ended 31 December 2019 were 
£0.75 million (2018: £0.73 million). Contributions amounting to £nil were accrued at 31 December 2019 (2018: £0.07 million) and are included  
in trade and other payables.

22 Commitments
(a) Capital commitments
The Group’s capital commitments relate to expenditure committed but not spent on conventional and unconventional licenses as follow: 

Conventional capex 
Unconventional capex 

Total capital commitments 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

(702) 
(163) 

(865) 

(137)
(2,573)

(2,710)

(b) Non-cancellable operating leases
The Group leases property, land, cars and other equipment under non-cancellable operating leases. From 1 January 2019, the Group has 
recognised right-of-use assets for these leases, except for short-term and low-value leases. See note 13 for further information.

Operating lease commitments 

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised in operating loss for the year 
The Group had future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as follows: 
– within 1 year 
– after 1 year but not more than 5 years 
– after 5 years 

Total 

88

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

(2,065)

(1,656)
(4,125)
(3,824)

(9,605)

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Financial instruments and risk management
Fair values
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts, other than those with carrying amounts that are a reasonable 
approximation of their fair values, are as follows. 

Carrying amount

Fair value

  31 December   31 December  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

2018 
£000 

2019 
£000 

Amortised cost 
Bonds – secured1 
Reserve Based Lending facility – secured 

– 
(13,071) 

(20,980) 
– 

– 
(13,071) 

(20,875)
–

1  The fair value of borrowings (hierarchy level 1) has been calculated by reference to quoted market prices for these liabilities. 

Fair value hierarchy
Assets and liabilities, for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements, are categorised within the fair value hierarchy 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

•  Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
•  Level 2: other valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either 

directly or indirectly; and 

•  Level 3: valuation techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable 

market data. 

There are no non-recurring fair value measurements nor have there been any transfers of financial instruments between levels of the fair  
value hierarchy.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

Financial assets: Level 2 
Derivative financial instruments – oil hedges 
Derivative financial instruments – foreign exchange contracts 

Financial liabilities: Level 2 
Derivative financial instruments – oil hedges 
Derivative financial instruments – foreign exchange contracts 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

43 
84 

127 

2,158
–

2,158

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

(266) 
– 

(266) 

–
(180)

(180)

89

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

23 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Fair value of derivative financial instruments
Commodity price options
The fair values of the commodity price options were provided by counterparties with whom the trades have been entered into. These consist 
of Asian style put and call options and swaps to sell/buy oil. The options are valued using a Black-Scholes methodology; however, certain 
adjustments are made to the spot-price volatility of oil prices due to the nature of the options. These adjustments are made either through Monte 
Carlo simulations or through statistical formulae. The inputs to these valuations include the price of oil, its volatility, and risk free interest rates.

Foreign exchange contracts
The fair value of foreign exchange contracts was provided by counterparties with whom the trades have been entered into.

In the current year the Group has entered into certain put/call options and swaps in order to manage its exposure to commodity price risk 
associated with sales of oil in US dollars. 

The outstanding oil hedge contracts as at 31 December 2019 were as follows:

2020 Q3  

 2020 Q4 

Fair value at
  31 December
2019 

Total 

Type 

US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar fixed and floating price Swap 
US dollar fixed and floating price Swap 
US dollar fixed and floating price Swap 

Strike Price/ 
Fixed and  
Floating Price  

52.25 
49.05 
52.94 
50.37 
59.45 
58.60 
58.00 

2020 Q1  

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
– 
120,000 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2020 Q2  

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

37,500 
– 
– 
75,000 
37,500 
– 
– 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
60,000 
– 
– 
– 
60,000 
– 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
30,000 

Contract
Amount
bbls oil  

37,500 
60,000 
120,000 
75,000 
37,500 
60,000 
30,000 

120,000 

150,000 

120,000 

30,000 

420,000 

Derivative Asset 
Derivative Liability 

£000 

21
42
9
33
(112)
(153)
(63)

(223)

43
(266)

The above derivatives mature over the period from 1 January 2020 until 31 December 2020. A loss of £1.0 million was realised on hedges  
during the year to 31 December 2019 (see note 4).

The outstanding oil hedge contracts as at 31 December 2018 were as follows:

The above derivatives mature over the period from 1 January 2019 until 30 September 2019. A loss of £5.5 million was realised on hedges  
during the year to 31 December 2018 (see note 4).

Type 

US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 

Contract  
price –  
Buy Put 

55.00 
55.00 
55.00 
56.70 
64.00 
60.25 

Contract 
price – 
Sell Call 

Contract 
Price – 
Buy Call 

70.00 

85.00 

78.55 

93.55 

2019 Q1 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

105,000 
45,000 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2019 Q2 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
– 
37,500 
37,500 
75,000 
– 

150,000 

150,000 

2019 Q3 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
75,000 

75,000 

2019 Q4 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Fair Value at
  31 December
2018

Total 

Contract
Amount
bbls oil  

105,000 
45,000 
37,500 
37,500 
75,000 
75,000 

375,000 

£000 

354
155
168
202
707
572

2,158

90

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
The carrying values of the financial assets and financial liabilities, other than bonds, are considered to be materially equivalent  
to their fair values.

Financial risk management
The Group’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings and trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is 
to finance the Group’s operations, including the Group’s capital expenditure programme. The Group has trade and other receivables, cash and 
cash equivalents and restricted cash that are derived directly from its operations and restricted cash. The Group also enters into derivative 
transactions to manage its commodity price exposure. 

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with its financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy  
is to support the Group’s financial targets while protecting future financial security. The Group is exposed to the following risks:

•  Market risk, including commodity price and foreign currency risks;
•  Credit risk; and
•  Liquidity risk.

The Group is not exposed to interest rate risk as all the Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate.

Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below. The Group’s policy is that all 
transactions involving derivatives must be directly related to the underlying business of the Group and does not use derivative financial 
instruments for speculative purposes.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market factors, such as 
commodity prices and foreign currency exchange rates. 

The sensitivity analyses below have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt and the proportion of financial instruments 
in foreign currencies are all constant and that financial derivatives are held to maturity. The sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the 
sensitivity to changes in market variables on the Group’s financial instruments and show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity, 
where applicable. 

The following assumptions have been made in preparing the sensitivity analyses: 

•  The sensitivity of the relevant loss before tax item is the effect of the assumed changes in market risks. This is based on the financial assets 

and financial liabilities held at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018; and

•  The impact on equity is the same as the impact on loss before tax and ignores the effects of deferred tax, if any.

91

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

23 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Commodity price risk
The Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in prevailing market commodity prices (primarily crude oil) on the oil and gas it produces.  
The Group’s policy is to manage these risks through the use of derivative financial instruments. 

The following table summarises the impact on loss before tax for changes in commodity prices on the fair value of derivative financial 
instruments. The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as these derivative financial instruments have not been 
designated as hedges and are classified as held-for-trading. 

The analysis is based on derivative contracts existing at the balance sheet date, the assumption that crude oil price moves 10% over all future 
periods, with all other variables held constant. Management believe that 10% is a reasonable sensitivity based on forward forecasts of estimated 
oil price volatility.

10% increase in the price of oil 
10% decrease in the price of oil 

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax and equity 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019 
£000 

1,803 
(1,803) 

2,759
(2,759)

Foreign currency risk
The Group has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from sales, purchases or financing in currencies other than the UK pound 
sterling, the functional currency of all Group companies. The Group’s sales are denominated in US dollars, and approximately 5% of costs are 
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the Group, primarily US dollars. The Group borrowings are also denominated in 
US dollars. The Group’s exposure to other currencies is not considered to be material.

The following table summarises the impact on loss before tax for changes in the US dollar/pound sterling exchange rate on the financial assets 
and liabilities in the balance sheet at year end, principally relating to the Group’s borrowings which are denominated in US dollars. The impact on 
equity is the same as the impact on loss before tax.

The analysis is based on the assumption that the pound moves 10%, with all other variables held constant. 

10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar 
10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar 

Increase/(decrease) in 
profit before tax for the 
year ended and to 
equity as at 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

841 
(841) 

1,141
(1,141)

Credit risk
The Group has a credit policy to assess and manage the credit risk of counterparties before entering contracts, including credit checks through 
external credit agencies, the establishment of credit limits, a requirement for security, payment terms and specific transaction approvals.  The 
primary credit exposures of the Group are its receivables from crude oil, electricity and gas sales, amounts due from Joint Venture partners and 
exposure with respect to derivative contracts. These exposures are managed at the corporate level. The Group has two main customers and only 
trades with established counterparties who have been approved in accordance with the Group’s credit policy.

At 31 December 2019, two customers (2018: two) accounted for approximately 96% (2018: 99%) of total trade receivables outstanding  
of £3.2 million (2018: £2.7 million). 

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash, cash equivalents and derivative contracts, 
the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these 
instruments. The Group limits its counterparty credit risk on these assets by dealing only with financial institutions with credit ratings of at least  
A or equivalent other than if the UK government is a majority shareholder. At 31 December 2019, the maximum exposure was £8.3 million  
(2018: £17.3 million).

92

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Liquidity risk
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate banking and borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash 
flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities and future capital and operating commitments.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments: 

At 31 December 2019 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Trade creditors 

At 31 December 2018 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Trade creditors 

On demand  
£000 

< 1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

>3 years 
£000 

Total
£000

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
(1,662) 
(2,154) 

(3,816) 

(4,070) 
– 
(4,573) 

(8,643) 

– 
(1,349) 
– 

(1,349) 

– 
(1,241) 
– 

(13,071) 
(8,661) 
– 

(13,071)
(12,913)
(2,154)

(1,241) 

(21,732) 

(28,138)

(3,878) 
– 
– 

(3,878) 

(17,698) 
– 
– 

(17,698) 

– 
– 
– 

– 

(25,646)
–
(4,573)

(30,219)

Management considers that the Group has adequate current assets and forecast cash from operations to manage liquidity risks arising from 
current and non-current liabilities.

Capital management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it remains sufficiently funded to support its business strategy and maximise shareholder value. 
The Group’s funding requirements are met through a combination of debt and equity and adjustments are made in light of changes in economic 
conditions. The Group’s strategy is to maintain ratios in line with covenants associated with its new secured RBL (see note 19).

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by equity plus net debt. The Group includes interest bearing loans 
less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in net debt. Capital includes share capital, share premium, other reserves and accumulated 
profits/losses.

The Group signed a new $40.0 million RBL with BMO on 3 October 2019. In addition to the committed $40.0 million RBL, a further $20.0 million 
is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new conventional developments (see note 19). Management 
believe that the new financing structure will be sustainable in the current oil price environment and, together with a carried work programme of 
up to $214 million, means that the Group is well positioned to pursue its strategy.

93

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

24 Share capital and share premium
On 3 April 2017, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10p each of the Company into  
one new ordinary share of 0.0001p each and one deferred share of 9.9999p each. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on  
14 June 2017, the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital in order to reduce the number  
of shares in issue to that more appropriate for the size of the Company. Following the consolidation, every 200 ordinary shares of 0.0001p  
each were consolidated into one new ordinary share of 0.02p each and immediately sub-divided into 10 ordinary shares of 0.002p.  
The consolidation and subdivision reduced the number of shares in issue from 2.4 billion to 121 million.

Ordinary shares*  

Deferred shares**  

Share 
capital 

  Nominal value 
£000 

No. 

  Nominal value  Nominal value 
£000 

£000 

No. 

Share
premium

Value
£000

Issued and fully paid
At 1 January 2018 

2018 SIP share issue – partnership 
2018 SIP share issue – matching 

At 31 December 2018 

2019 SIP share issue – partnership 
2019 SIP share issue – matching 

At 31 December 2019 

121,881,119 

83,996 
112,154 

122,077,269 

 107,135 
175,771 

122,360,175 

2 

– 
– 

2 

– 
– 

2 

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,342

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

70
89

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,501

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

 69 
 110

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,680

*   The number of ordinary shares as at 31 December 2019 includes 190,651 Treasury shares (2018: 201,451).
** Deferred shares were created on capital restructuring which completed in April 2017. 

Accordingly, the Group share capital account comprised:

Share capital account 
At 1 January 2018 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2018 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2019 

£000

30,333
–

30,333

30,333

 –

Share premium 
The share premium account arises from the Company issuing shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value less the cost of such 
issues. During the year, the Company issued 282,906 ordinary shares at a nominal value of 0.002p each (2018: 196,150 ordinary shares of 0.002p 
each), resulting in an increase in share premium of £0.2 million (2018: £0.2 million). No issuing costs were incurred during the year (2018: none). 

25 Other reserves
Other reserves are as follows:

Balance at 1 January 2018 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP
Transfers 
Lapse of options under the employee share plan 
Transfers 

Balance at 31 December 2018 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 
Forfeiture of options under the employee share plan 

Balance at 31 December 2019 

94

Share plan  
reserves  
£000 

9,098 

1,430 

– 
(173) 
99 

Treasury 

Capital 
shares  contributions 
£000 
£000 

(1,373) 

47 

Merger
reserve 
£000 

22,222 

– 

59 
– 
(99) 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

Total
£000

29,994

1,430

59
(173)
–

10,454 

(1,413) 

47 

22,222 

31,310

1,607 
– 
(128) 

– 
(8) 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

1,607
(8)
(128)

11,933 

(1,421) 

47 

22,222 

32,781

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25 Other reserves continued
Employee share plans – Equity settled
Details of the share options under employee share plans outstanding are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January 2018 
Exercisable at 1 January 2018 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2018 
Exercisable at 31 December 2018 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2019 

Exercisable at 31 December 2019 

EIP 
Number  
of units 

2,086,704 
2,086,704 

1,911,057 
– 
– 

3,997,761 
3,997,761 

  2,033,093 
(33,808) 
(450,256) 

MRP 
Number 
of units 

267,252 
267,252 

76,310 
(52,371) 
– 

291,191 
291,191 

157,624 
(8,883) 
– 

EDRP
Number
of units

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

  5,546,790 

439,932 

325,000

  5,546,790 

439,932 

325,000

Note – all options are nil cost and therefore the weighted average exercise price is nil. In addition to the share plans above, included in other reserves are also historic costs 
relating to Long Term Incentive Plan 2011 (2011 LTIP) and Value Creation Plan (2014 VCP).

Executive Incentive Plan (EIP)
In March 2016, the Group issued 7,548,701 options under a long-term incentive plan to the Executive Directors of the Company and certain other 
key employees of the Group which will vest, subject to meeting certain criteria, three years from grant. The options granted under the Plan take 
the form of a base award. The number of ordinary shares over which the options vest may be increased by a multiple of up to two times the 
number of ordinary shares subject to the base award, if a specified ordinary share price is met at the vesting date.

The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: share price as of date of grant of 
£0.145, a risk free interest rate of 0.52% and an implied share price volatility of 68.8% (based on historical volatility). It was also assumed that no 
options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of £1.4 million.

On 14 June 2017 these awards were subdivided in line with the subdivision and consideration of the Group’s share capital (see note 24). 

In October 2017, the Group awarded 1,756,923 Ordinary shares under a long-term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company  
and other key employees of the Group. The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model 
were: share price as of date of grant of £0.68, a risk free interest rate of 0.54% and an implied share price volatility 63.95%. It was also assumed 
that no options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of 
£0.978 million.

In March 2018, the Group awarded 1,911,057 Ordinary shares under a long-term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company and other 
key employees of the Group. The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: share 
price as of date of grant of £0.76, a risk free interest rate of 0.98% and an implied share price volatility 58.3%. It was also assumed that no options 
would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of £1.3 million.

In March 2019, the Group awarded 2,033,093 Ordinary shares under a long-term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company and other 
key employees of the Group. The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: share 
price as of date of grant of £0.78, a risk free interest rate of 0.74% and an implied share price volatility 80.9%. It was also assumed that no options 
would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of £1.8 million.

The EIPs outstanding at 31 December 2019 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 7.9 years 
(2018: 8.4 years). 

The total charge for the year was £1.28 million (2018: £1.07 million). Of this amount, £0.30 million (2018: £0.24 million) was capitalised and  
£0.97 million (2018: £0.83 million) was charged to the Income Statement.

95

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

25 Other reserves continued
Management Retention Plan (MRP)
In December 2015, the Group adopted a new share-based payment scheme, the MRP. Under the MRP, participants are granted nil cost options 
which vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the Directors’ continued employment and to a one-year holding 
period following the date of vesting. 

Employees were granted 7,143,610 options in the MRP in lieu of waived options granted under the 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)  
and 2016 cash bonuses. The options designated by the Group as replacement awards were accounted for as a modification of the original 
scheme and were valued at grant date and the options awarded in lieu of cash bonuses were measured with reference to the fair value  
of the services received. 

The fair value of the cancelled awards was re-measured at the replacement date based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs  
into the model were: replacement date share price of between £0.14 and £0.24, threshold price of between £1.351 and £1.664, a risk free 
interest rate of between 0.37% and 0.42% and an implied share price volatility of between 73% and 86%. It was also assumed that no 
dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in an incremental fair value of £0.17 million. 

In March 2018, the Group awarded 76,310 Ordinary shares to the Executive Director and other key employees of the Group. The fair value  
of the awards is based on the fair value of the services rendered. There were also a number of share exercises during the year relating to other 
employees of the Company. 

In March 2019, the Group awarded 157,624 Ordinary shares to the Executive Director and other key employees of the Group. The fair value  
of the awards is based on the fair value of the services rendered. There were also a number of share exercises during the year relating to other 
employees of the Company. 

The MRPs outstanding at 31 December 2019 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 4.5 years 
(2018: 5.5 years). 

The total charge for the year was £0.14 million (2018: £0.07 million). Of this amount, £0.05 million (2018: £0.03 million) was capitalised or 
recharged to joint venture partners and £0.09 million (2018: £0.04 million) was charged to the Income Statement.

Executive Director Retention Plan (EDRP)
In July 2015, the Group adopted a new share-based payment scheme, the EDRP. Under the EDRP, participants are granted nil cost options which 
vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the Directors’ continued employment and to a one-year holding period 
following the date of vesting. 

Executives were granted 6,500,000 options in the EDRP in lieu of waived options granted under the 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and  
the Value Creation Plan (VCP). The options have been designated by the Group as replacement awards at grant date and were accounted for  
as a modification of the original scheme. 

The fair value of the cancelled awards was re-measured at the replacement date based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The fair value  
of replacement awards was based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: replacement date share price of 
£0.23, threshold price of between £0.945 and £1.664, a risk free interest rate of between 0.49% and 0.60% and an implied share price volatility 
of between 70% and 78%. It was also assumed that no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in an incremental 
fair value of £1.5 million.

The EDRPs outstanding at 31 December 2019 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 3.5 years 
(2018: 4.5 years). 

The total charge for the year was £nil (2018: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2018: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2018: £nil) was charged to the 
Income Statement.

Other share-based payments
Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
In 2013, the Group adopted an Inland Revenue approved SIP for all employees of the Group. The scheme is a tax efficient incentive plan pursuant 
to which all employees are eligible to acquire up to £150 (or 10% of salary, if less) worth of IGas ordinary shares per month or £1,800 per 
annum. Under the SIP employees are invited to make contributions to buy partnership shares. If an employee agrees to buy partnership shares 
the Company currently matches the number of partnership shares bought with an award of shares (matching shares), on a one-for-one or two-
for-one basis subject to the pre-defined quarterly production targets being met. 

96

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 201925 Other reserves continued
Other share-based payments continued
Share Incentive Plan (SIP) continued
The total charge for the year was £0.10 million (2018: £0.15 million). Of this amount, £nil (2018: £nil) was capitalised and £0.10 million (2018: 
£0.15 million) was charged to the income statement.

Treasury shares 
The Treasury shares of the Group have arisen in connection with the shares issued to the IGas Energy Employee Benefit Trust (the Trust), of which 
the Company is the sponsoring entity. The value of such shares is recorded in the share capital and share premium accounts in the ordinary way 
and is also shown as a deduction from equity in this separate reserve account. There is therefore no net effect on shareholders’ funds. 

During the year ended to 31 December 2019 and year ended 31 December 2018, no shares were issued to the Trust. In addition, 10,800 ordinary 
shares of £0.00002 each (2018: 52,373 ordinary shares of £0.00002 each) were released from the Trust on exercise of share options by current 
and former employees.

Capital contribution 
The capital contribution relates to cash received following the acquisition of IGas Exploration UK Limited.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose as a result of a reverse acquisition on 31 December 2007 whereby Island Gas Limited (IGL) became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company but with IGL’s shareholders acquiring 94% of the ordinary share capital of the Company. The reserve represents the 
difference in the fair value and the nominal value of the shares issued. The reserve is not distributable.

26 Related party transactions
The information below sets out transactions and balances between the Group and related parties in the normal course of business for the year 
ended 31 December 2019.

The Directors, Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Operating Officer of the Company are considered to be the only key management personnel 
as defined by IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures.  

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

Short-term employee benefits 
Share plan 
Social security costs 
Fees 

1,145 
637 
133 
100 

2,015 

1,384
717
197
100

2,398

Short-term employee benefits: These amounts comprise fees paid to the key management personnel in respect of salary and benefits earned 
during the relevant financial year, plus bonuses awarded for the year.

Share plan: This is the cost to the Group of key management personnel’s participation in SIP, MRP and EIP plans, as measured by the fair value  
of SIP, MRPs and EIPs granted, accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2.

27 Subsequent events
On 24 January 2020, the Group issued 66,076 Ordinary £0.00002 shares in relation to the Group’s SIP scheme. The shares were issued at £0.47 
resulting in share premium of £31,054.

The global pandemic of COVID-19 in early 2020 has caused worldwide economic disruption. The Group considers this to be a non-adjusting post 
balance sheet event as of 31 December 2019. As described in our going concern assessment, there is material uncertainty of the potential impact 
of COVID-19 on the Group’s operational activities, future commodity prices and the outcome of the May 2020 redetermination of the RBL. 

97

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – 
DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Parent Company financial statements in accordance with applicable  
United Kingdom law and those International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs).

Under Company Law the Directors must not approve the Parent Company financial statements unless they are satisfied that they present fairly 
the financial position of the Parent Company and its financial performance and cash flows for that period. In preparing the Parent Company 
financial statements the Directors are required to:

•  Present fairly the financial position, financial performance and cash flows of the Parent Company;
•  Select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8: Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and then apply 

them consistently;

•  Present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;
•  Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
•  Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to understand  

the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Parent Company’s financial position and financial performance;

•  State that the Parent Company has complied with IFRSs, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 

statements; and 

•  Prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis unless, having assessed the ability of the Parent Company to continue as a going 

concern, management either intends to liquidate the entity or to cease trading, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position  
of the Parent Company and to enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection  
of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors confirm that they have complied with these requirements and, having a reasonable expectation that the Parent Company has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future, will continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the financial statements.

98

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF IGAS ENERGY PLC

Report on the audit of the parent company financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, IGas Energy plc’s Parent company financial statements (the financial statements):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of its cash flows for the year then ended;
•  have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and 

as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual report and accounts (the Annual Report), which comprise: the Parent 
Company Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2019; the Parent Company Cash Flow Statement, and the Parent Company Statement of Changes in 
Equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

Material uncertainty related to going concern
In forming our opinion on the financial statements, which is not modified, we have considered the adequacy of the disclosure made in note 1b to 
the financial statements concerning the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The ability of the Group, and that of the Parent 
Company, to operate as a going concern is dependent upon the Group generating cash flows and the availability of the monies drawn under its 
RBL. The RBL is redetermined on a semi-annual basis and is based on the estimate of reserves and future oil prices, which have recently declined. 
The Group’s operational activities and cash flows could also be impacted by the uncertainty over the impact of COVID-19. These conditions, 
along with the other matters explained in note 1b to the financial statements, indicate the existence of material uncertainties which may cast 
significant doubt upon the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include the adjustments that 
would result if the Parent Company was unable to continue as a going concern.

What audit procedures we performed 
In concluding there is a material uncertainty, our audit procedures included:

•  checking the mathematical accuracy of management’s cash flow forecast and confirming the opening cash position; 
•  challenging and evaluating management’s underlying cash flow projections including comparing forecast sales volumes, operating costs, 
capital expenditure and abandonment expenditure to recent actuals and internal forecasts and comparing forecast future oil prices and 
foreign exchange rates to external data; 

•  assessing the reasonableness of management’s downside case, including assessing management’s ability to take mitigating actions, including 

delaying capital expenditure and reducing costs; and 

•  reviewing the completeness and appropriateness of management’s going concern disclosures as disclosed in the financial statements.

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality 

Audit scope

Overall materiality: £1.1 million (2018: £1.1 million), based on 1.3% of net assets.

•  We obtained coverage over 100% of Company’s total assets and 100% of Company’s  

total liabilities.

•  Consideration of the impact of COVID-19.

Key audit matters

•  Carrying value of investment in subsidiaries.

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In 
particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that 
involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of 
material misstatement due to fraud.

99

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF IGAS ENERGY PLC continued

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud)  
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were 
addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. In addition to going concern, described in the ‘material uncertainty related to going concern’ section above, 
we determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. This is not a complete list of all risks 
identified by our audit.  

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Consideration of the impact of COVID-19
Refer to Strategic Report.

The international outbreak of COVID-19 in early 2020 has affected 
business and economic activity around the world, including the 
United Kingdom where the Company operates. Given the spread 
of COVID-19, the range of the potential outcomes are difficult to 
predict, but include a prolonged global recession and long term 
decrease in commodity prices, including oil.

The Company is monitoring the COVID-19 outbreak developments 
closely and is following the guidance of the World Health 
Organization and abiding by the requirements of the United 
Kingdom government, however the virus has the potential to 
cause disruption to the Group’s operational activities and impact 
earnings, cash flows and financial conditions. The Company has 
made an assessment of the impact of COVID-19 on its operations 
and ability to continue as a going concern, for the details please 
refer note 1 of the financial statements.

Management concluded that the COVID-19 outbreak and 
geopolitical factors which together have led to a decrease in oil 
price is a result of conditions that arose after the balance sheet 
date and as a result are non-adjusting post balance events. 

We concur with management that these factors are non-adjusting 
post balance events and as a result that the future assumptions 
used in the Company’s impairment of investments assessments 
performed as at 31 December 2019 are not to be adjusted for 
changes subsequent to that date.

We have reviewed the disclosures included in the Annual Report in 
respect of this risk, including principal risk and uncertainties, going 
concern, impairment sensitivities and post balance sheet events 
and consider them reasonable. 

The impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern is considered in the ‘material uncertainty related to 
going concern’ section above.

Carrying value of investment in subsidiaries
Refer to note 2 Investment in subsidiaries.

The carrying value of the Company’s investments in  
subsidiaries were £217.5 million at 31 December 2019,  
comprising of £74 million of investment in subsidiaries  
and £143.5 million of loans to Group companies. These  
represents 90.7% of the Company’s total assets. We focused  
on this area due to the material nature of the balance.

We have obtained management’s assessment over whether the 
carrying value of the investments in subsidiaries is supportable. 
This included comparing the fair value of each entity with the 
carrying value of the Parent Company investments. Fair values 
were derived from a combination of the subsidiary net assets and 
the fair value of subsidiaries oil and gas properties based on the 
Group impairment model. Based on the procedures performed we 
concur with management that, after impairment of £63.7 million, 
the carrying value is supportable.

How we tailored the audit scope 
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the Parent Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which it operates. 

100

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the 
financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

£1.1 million (2018: £1.1 million).

How we determined it

1.3% of net assets.

Rationale for benchmark applied

We consider net assets to be one of the principal considerations of the members of the Parent 
Company. The overall materiality has been limited to 90% of the Group’s overall materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £55,000 (2018: £55,000) as 
well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We 
have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included.  

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require us also to report certain 
opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Parent Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify 
any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 

101

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF IGAS ENERGY PLC continued

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities in Relation to the Parent Company Financial Statements, the Directors  
are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they  
give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation  
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to 
liquidate the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Parent Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent 
in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
• 

the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Other matter
We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of IGas Energy plc for the year ended 31 December 2019.  
That report includes a ‘material uncertainty related to going concern’ section.

Richard Spilsbury 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
9 April 2020

102

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Property, plant and equipment 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings  
Derivative financial instruments 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 
Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Accumulated (deficit)/surplus 

Total equity 

  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

 2019  
£000 

Note 

2 
3 

4 
5 

217,475 
57 

362,707
83

217,532 

362,790

18,004 
4,232 

35,502
6,806

22,236 

42,308

239,768 

405,098

6 
8 
10 

(141,772) 
– 
– 

(133,187)
(2,389)
(71)

(141,772) 

(135,647)

8 

(13,071) 

(18,591)

(154,843) 

(154,238)

84,925 

250,860

11 
11 
12 

30,333 
102,680 
32,781 
(80,869) 

30,333
102,501
31,310
86,716

84,952 

250,860

As a Consolidated income statement is published in this Annual Report, a separate income statement for the Company is not presented within 
these financial statements as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company reported a loss for the year of £167.6 million 
(2018: a loss of £0.5 million).

These financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 8 April 2020 and are signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Bowler 
Chief Executive Officer 

Julian Tedder
Chief Financial Officer

The notes on pages 106 to 121  form an integral part of these financial statements.

103

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000 

Other  Accumulated
surplus/ 
(deficit) 
£000 

reserves 
(note 12) 
 £000 

Total
equity
£000

249,575
(478)
1,763
–
–

250,860
(167,585)
1,599
(128)
179

29,994 
– 
1,489 
(173) 
– 

31,310 
– 
1,599 
(128) 
– 

86,906 
(478) 
115 
173 
– 

86,716 
(167,585) 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

32,781 

(80,869) 

84,925

PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

Balance at 1 January 2018 
Loss for the year 
Employee share plans (note 12) 
Lapse of LTIPs under the employee share plan (note 12) 
Issue of shares (note 11) 

Balance at 31 December 2018 
Loss for the year 
Employee share plans (note 12) 
Lapse of LTIPs under the employee share plan (note 12) 
Issue of shares (note 11) 

Called up  
share 
capital  
(note 11)  
£000 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Share 
premium 
account 
(note 11) 
 £000 

102,342 
– 
159 
– 
– 

102,501 
– 
– 
– 
179 

Balance at 31 December 2019 

30,333 

102,680 

The notes on pages 106 to 121 form an integral part of these financial statements. 

104

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
PARENT COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Loss before tax 
Net loss on extinguishment of re-financing 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Share-based payment charge 
Impairment of investments 
Credit loss allowance 
Income from subsidiary undertakings 
Unrealised (loss)/gain on foreign exchange contracts 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Other non-cash adjustments 

Operating cash flow before working capital movements 
Increase in trade and other receivables 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 

Cash from/(used in) operating activities 

Tax refunded 

Net cash from/(used in) operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Interest received 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Cash proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital 
Drawdown on reserves-based loan  facility 
Repayment on reserves-based loan facility 
Fees paid related to debt re-financing 
Repayment of bonds 
Dividend received from subsidiary undertakings 
Interest paid 

Net cash (used in)/from financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year 
Net foreign exchange difference 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

The notes on pages 106 to 121 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended  

Year  ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

Note 

(167,585) 
692 
26 
194 
63,730 
113,362 
– 
(71) 
(13,857) 
1,873 
(9) 

(1,645) 
(4,697) 
13,429 

(478)
–
53
236
36,060
–
(37,076)
71
(11,384)
10,452
(1)

(2,067)
(4,555)
(20,888)

7,087 

(27,510)

– 

–

7,087 

(27,510)

– 
– 5

– 

(89)

(84)

11 
5 
5 
5 
5 

5 

5 

69 
19,319 
(4,639) 
(1,059) 
(21,355) 
– 
(2,021) 

70
–
–
–
(1,722)
37,076
(1,751)

(9,686) 

33,673

(2,599) 
25 
6,806 

4,232 

6,079
(131)
858

6,806

105

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

1 Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation of financial statements
The Parent Company financial statements of IGas Energy plc (the Company) have been prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards, adopted for use by the European Union (IFRSs) as they apply to the Company for the year ended 31 December 2018, and 
with the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 8 April 2020. IGas Energy plc  
is a public limited company incorporated, registered in England and Wales and is listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM).

The Company’s financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) except when 
otherwise indicated. 

As a Consolidated income statement is published in this Annual Report, a separate income statement for the Company is not presented within 
these financial statements as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company reported a loss for the year of £167.6 million 
(2018: a loss of £0.5 million).

New and amended standards and interpretations
During the year, the Company adopted the following new and amended IFRSs for the first time for their reporting period commencing  
1 January 2019:

•  IFRS 16 
•  IFRIC Interpretation 23 
•  Amendments to IAS 28 

Leases; 
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments; and  
Long-term Interest in Associates and Joint Ventures.

The Parent Company adopted IFRS 16 from 1 January 2019, which resulted in changes in accounting policies; however no adjustments were 
required to the amounts recognised in the financial statements. The other amendments and interpretations listed above did not have any impact 
on the amounts recognised in prior periods and are not expected to significantly affect the current or future periods.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 
2019 reporting periods and these have not been adopted early by the Company. These standards are not expected to have a material impact on 
the entity in the current or future reporting periods.

(b) Going concern
The Group continues to closely monitor and manage its liquidity risks. Cash forecasts for the Group are regularly produced based on, inter alia, 
management’s best estimate of:

•  The Group’s production and expenditure forecasts; 
•  Future oil prices;
•  The level of available facilities under the Group’s RBL; and 
•  Foreign exchange rates. 

Sensitivities are run to reflect different scenarios including, but not limited to, possible further reductions in commodity prices, strengthening of 
sterling and reductions in forecast oil and gas production rates. 

In the first quarter of 2020, the oil price has been affected by the global spread of COVID-19 and the resultant reduction in oil demand. 

This situation has since been compounded by the failure of OPEC to reach an agreement on constraining supply and the decision of several 
countries to increase output. At the date of this report, there remains significant uncertainty over the impact of COVID-19 on future global demand 
for oil and therefore the price of oil. 

The ability of the Group to operate as a going concern is dependent upon the future oil prices and foreign exchange rates as they impact the 
continued generation of future cash flows and the loan facility available under its RBL (which is redetermined semi-annually based on various 
parameters including oil price and level of reserves) and is also dependent on the Group not breaching its RBL covenants. To mitigate these risks, 
the Group benefits from its hedging policy with 420,000 bbls hedged at an average minimum price of $53.6/bbl for 2020. The Group also has $12 
million of foreign exchange hedges in place at rates between $1.17-$1.20:£1 for the period to 30 June 2021. Furthermore, the Group’s net reserves 
position has increased by 1.5 mmboe during 2019 which will partially offset any impact of lower prices in its RBL at the next redetermination in 
May 2020.

106

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 20191 Accounting policies continued
(b) Going concern continued
Management has considered the impact of the COVID-19 global crisis on the Group’s operations. We continue to monitor the situation closely and 
act within Government guidelines and have a number of contingency plans in place should our operations be significantly affected by COVID-19. 
Many of our sites are remotely manned and at this stage we are well equipped as a business to ensure we maintain business continuity. Our 
production comes from a large number of wells in a variety of locations (all of which are on land and in the UK) and we have flexibility in our off-
take arrangements, as we transport oil via road. In this regard, we continue to liaise and co-operate with all the relevant regulators. 

The Group’s base case going concern model was run with average oil prices of $32/bbl for April to December 2020 rising to $45/bbl from January 
2021 and a foreign exchange rate of $1.20:£1 during the period. Our forecasts show that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom to meet 
its financial covenants based on the existing RBL facility, as well as an estimate, based on management’s knowledge and past experience, of the 
outcome of the next half-yearly redetermination due in May 2020, and the following redetermination date in December 2020, albeit the level of 
the facility available to us is dependent on the facility provider, BMO, and is beyond our control.

Given the uncertainties described above, the level of Group revenues and availability of facilities under the RBL are inherently uncertain. As such 
management has also prepared a downside forecast with the following assumptions:

•  Oil prices at $20/bbl in the second quarter of 2020 rising to $30/bbl in the fourth quarter of 2020 and $43-$45/bbl in 2021. As this assumption 

is lower than external current forward curves, management considers this is a reasonable downside scenario that reflects further potential 
reductions in price caused by the failure of OPEC to reach an agreement on constraining supply and lower demand from reduced industrial 
activity caused by COVID-19. This downside is partially mitigated by the commodity hedges the Group has in place. However, oil price is outside 
the Company’s control and this could be lower should there be further market disruption either from COVID-19, or OPEC disagreements;

•  No change to the level of available RBL loan facility during the forecast period as this reflects longer-term oil price assumptions that have been 

considered in conjunction with recent discussions with the RBL provider;

•  A reduction in production of 10% to reflect a disruption risk to operational and production related activities from the COVID-19 crisis. As the 
Group is providing a government designated essential service and due to the large number of operational wells, the impact of COVID-19 on 
production has to date been very limited and has been assumed to remain so as management does not currently foresee wells needing to be 
shut down due to the impact of COVID-19. Management therefore considers this assumption represents a reasonable downside in this uncertain 
time based on management’s experience of previous unplanned shut downs;

•  Exchange rates of $1.20:£1 for 2020 and $1.25:£1 for 2021 to reflect a downside caused by the weakening of the dollar later in the period.  

This downside is partially mitigated by the currency hedges the Group has in place; and

•  Includes the impact of action management could take to reduce cash outflow, including delaying capital expenditure and additional reductions 
in costs in order to remain within the Company’s debt liquidity covenants based on the Group’s expected RBL redeterminations in May 2020 
and December 2020. All such mitigating actions are within management’s control and could be actioned within the required time frame. 

In this downside scenario, our forecast shows that the Group will have sufficient liquidity and financial headroom to meet its financial covenants 
for the 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. However, should oil price or demand (and therefore revenue) fall further, 
the Company may not have sufficient funds available for 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. As a result, at the date 
of approval of the financial statements, there is material uncertainty over future commodity prices, the outcome of the May 2020 redetermination 
of the RBL and the potential impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s operational activities. These material uncertainties may cast significant doubt 
upon the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Notwithstanding these material uncertainties, the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group has adequate resources to continue in existence for the foreseeable future and have concluded it is appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements. The financial statements do not include the adjustments that would 
result if the Group was unable to continue as a going concern.

(c) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk 
of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are discussed below.

Recoverable value of investment in subsidiaries
The Company evaluates investments in subsidiaries for indicators of impairment as described in (d) below. Any impairment test, where required, 
involves estimates and associated assumptions related to matters (when appropriate), such as recoverable reserves; production profiles; forward 
gas and electricity prices; development, operational and offtake costs; nature of land access agreements and planning permissions; application 
of taxes, and other matters. Where the final outcome or revised estimates related to such matters differ from the estimates used in any earlier 
impairment reviews, the results of such differences, to the extent that they actually affected any impairment provisions, are accounted for when 
such revisions are made. Details of the Company’s investments are disclosed in note 2.

107

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(c) Significant accounting judgements and estimates continued
Functional currency
The determination of a company’s functional currency often requires significant judgement where the primary economic environment in which  
it operates may not be clear. The Company’s financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling, the primary economic environment  
of the Company.

(d) Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in Group companies held as non-current assets are held at cost less provision for impairment unless the investments were acquired 
in exchange for the issue or part issue of shares in the Company, when they are initially recorded in the Company’s balance sheet at the fair value 
of the shares issued together with the fair value of any consideration paid, including costs of acquisition less any provision for impairment.

The Company’s investments in Group companies held as non-current assets are assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable, when impairment is calculated on the basis as set out 
below. Any impairment is charged to the income statement. 

Loans to Group companies are stated at amortised cost.

Impairment
Impairment tests, when required, are carried out on the following basis:

•  By comparing any amounts carried as investments held as non-current assets with the recoverable amount; and
•  The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The Company generally assesses value 
in use using the estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or cash-generating unit.

Where there has been a charge for impairment in an earlier period that charge will be reversed in a later period where there has been a change 
in circumstances to the extent that the recoverable amount is higher than the net book value at the time. In reversing impairment losses, the 
carrying amount of the investment will be increased to the lower of its original carrying value and the carrying value that would have been 
determined had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost 
of fixed assets, less their estimated residual values, over their estimated useful lives at the following rates, with any impairment being accounted 
for as additional depreciation:

Buildings 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

– over five years on a straight-line basis
– between three and five years on a straight-line basis
– over four years on a straight-line basis 

(e) Financial instruments
Classification
From 1 January 2018, the Parent Company classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•  Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss); and
•  Those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.  
For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will be recorded either in profit or loss or in OCI. For investments in equity instruments that 
are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Parent Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition  
to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Parent Company reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date (that is, the date on which the Parent Company commits to 
purchase or sell the asset). Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have 
been transferred and the Parent Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

108

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
1 Accounting policies continued
(e) Financial instruments continued
Measurement
At initial recognition, the Parent Company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through 
profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets 
carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

The Parent Company holds financial assets at amortised costs being trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash 
and derivative financial instruments used for hedging.

The Parent Company also hold financial liabilities at amortised cost being trade and other payables, borrowings, other creditors and derivative 
financial instruments used for hedging.

The Parent Company classifies its financial assets at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria are met:

•  The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows; and
•  The contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and cash held on current account or on short-term deposits at variable interest rates with 
original maturity periods of up to three months. Any interest earned is accrued monthly and classified as interest income within finance income. 

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are initially recognised at the amount of 
consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised at fair value.  
Details about the Company’s impairment policy and the calculation of loss allowance is provided in the Impairment accounting policy below.

Trade and other payables
These financial liabilities are all non-interest bearing and are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received. 

Impairment of financial assets 
At the end of each reporting period, a provision is made if there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets was 
impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets was impaired and impairment loss is incurred only if there is objective evidence of 
impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event), and that loss event (or events) 
had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that could be reliably estimated. 

Assets carried at amortised cost
For loans and receivables, the amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that had not been incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective 
interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of loss is recognised in the income statement.

If in the subsequent period, the amount of loss decreased and the decrease is related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was 
recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in the 
income statement.

Borrowings
Borrowings are measured initially at fair value. After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities 
are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process. When management’s estimates of the amounts or timings of cash flows are 
revised, borrowings are re-measured using the revised cash flow estimates under the original effective interest with any consequent adjustment 
being recognised in the income statement.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs in the income statement.

109

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(e) Financial instruments continued
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of these assets, until such time as the assets are 
substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from 
the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

(f) Leases
As explained in note 1 (a) above, the Group has changed its accounting policy for leases where the Group is the lessee, however no adjustments 
were required to the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership were not transferred to the Company were classified as operating 
leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) were charged to profit or loss on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the lease. 

(g) Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of current tax and deferred tax.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid to the tax authorities. Taxable  
profit/(loss) differs from the profit/(loss) before taxation as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense 
that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current 
tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date except when 
the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination 
and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Temporary differences arise from differences 
at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred 
tax liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be 
recovered.

The carrying amount of deferred tax is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 
taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed  
at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset  
to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the assets are realised or the liability 
is settled, based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss. Deferred tax items are recognised in 
correlation to the underlying transaction either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

(h) Share-based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees (including Directors), the fair value of the options at the date of the grant is recorded in equity 
over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions, but only those related to service and performance, are taken into account by adjusting 
the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over 
the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. All other vesting conditions, including market vesting conditions, 
are factored in to the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, the amount recorded is computed 
irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative amount recognised is not adjusted for the failure to achieve  
a market vesting condition; although equity no longer required for options may be transferred to another equity reserve.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured by the change 
from immediately before to after the modification, is also recorded in equity over the remaining vesting period.

110

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
1 Accounting policies continued
(h) Share-based payments continued
When an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised or the 
award is recognised immediately.

Where an equity-settled award is identified as a replacement it will be treated as a modification to the original plan where the incremental fair 
value of the replacement award is expensed over the vesting period of the replacement award. The fair value of the original award on its grant 
date is continued to be recognised over its original vesting period. 

Where equity instruments are granted to persons other than employees, the amount recognised in equity is the fair value of goods and  
services received.

Charges corresponding to the amounts recognised in equity are accounted as a cost against the profit and loss which will usually be to the 
income statement unless the services rendered qualify for capitalisation as a non-current asset. Costs may be capitalised within non-current 
assets in the event of services being rendered in connection with an acquisition or intangible exploration and evaluation assets or property, plant 
and equipment. 

Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, the value of such shares at issue will be 
recorded in share capital and share premium account in the ordinary way, but will not affect shareholders’ funds since this same value will be 
shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds by way of a separate component of equity (Treasury shares). 

(i) Equity
Equity instruments issued by the Company are usually recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and allocated between called 
up share capital, share premium accounts or merger reserve as appropriate.

(j) Foreign currency
Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency UK pound sterling are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the 
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the 
date of transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange rate ruling at the 
balance sheet date. All differences that arise are recorded in the income statement.

2 Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries comprises:

Parent Company 

At 1 January 
Additions 
Impairments 
Credit loss allowance 

At 31 December 

*   Refer note 10 for credit risk.

31 December 2019  

31 December 2018

Investment 
in Group  
companies 
£000 

Loans to 
Group 
companies * 
£000 

136,349 
1,407 
(63,730) 
– 

226,358 
8,258 
– 
(91,167) 

Investment 
in Group 
companies 
£000 

Loans to
Group
companies 
£000 

170,894 
1,515 
(36,060) 
– 

221,381 
11,379 
– 

(6,402)* 

Total 
£000 

362,707 
9,665 
(63,730) 
(91,167) 

Total
£000

392,275
12,894
(36,060)
(6,402)

74,026 

143,449 

217,475 

136,349 

226,358 

362,707

Loans to Group companies are repayable on demand and bear interest at either 1.2% above LIBOR or at a fixed rate of 6% and 12%.

Additions represent investment of £1.4 million relating to employee share-based payment costs under IFRS 2 and £8.3 million interest accrued 
on existing loans to Group companies. 

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries were reviewed for indicators of impairment as at 31 December 2019.  Impairments of £63.7 million 
(2018: £36.1 million) are recorded against the investments which are not supported by the subsidiaries’ underlying net asset values.

111

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

2 Investments in subsidiaries continued
Name of company 

Principal activity and Country of incorporation 

Registered office address

Subsidiaries held by Company:
Dart Energy Pty Ltd 
Island Gas Limited 
Island Gas Operations Limited 
IGas Energy Enterprise Limited  
IGas Exploration UK Limited** 
Star Energy Group Limited 
Star Energy Limited 
Star Energy Weald Basin Limited 
Star Energy Oil and Gas Limited** 

Subsidiaries held through subsidiaries: 
Island Gas (Singleton) Limited 
Dart Energy (Europe) Limited 

Star Energy (East Midlands) Limited** 
Dart Energy (East England) Limited 
Dart Energy (West England) Limited 
IGas Energy Development Limited 
IGas Energy Production Limited 

Dart Energy (Carbon Storage) Limited** 

Dart Energy (Lothian) Limited** 

Greenpark Energy Transportation Limited 
Apollo Gas Pty Limited*** 
Dart Energy (Bruxner) Pty Limited*  
Dart Energy (India) Pty Limited  
Dart Energy SPV No.1 Pty Limited* 
Dart Energy SPV No.2 Pty Limited* 
Dart Energy (China) Pty Limited* 
Dart Energy (Overseas) Pty Limited* 
Dart Energy Global CBM Pty Limited* 
Dart Energy India Services Pvt Limited 

Dart Energy International Limited 
Dart Energy (Europe) Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (China) Holdings Pte Limited** 

Dart Energy (India) Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (ST) Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (AS) Pte Limited  
Dart Energy (Sangatta West) Pte Limited***  
Dart Energy (Dajing) Pte Limited** 
Dart Energy (Vietnam) Holdings Pte Limited** 

Dart Energy (India) Holdings Pte Limited  
Dart Energy Asia Holdings Pte Limited** 
Dart Energy (Hanoi Basin CBM) Pte Limited** 
Dart Energy India (CMM) Pte Limited** 
Dart Energy (CIL) Pte Limited** 
Dart Energy (MG) Pte Limited** 

Investment holding, Australia 
Oil and gas exploration, development and production, England 
Dormant, England 
Oil and gas exploration, development and production, England 
Dormant prior to dissolution, England 
Service company, England 
Service company, England 
Oil and gas processing, England 
Dormant prior to dissolution, England 

C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 

Dormant prior to dissolution, Scotland 

No operations but not dormant, England 
Investment holding, Scotland 

Dormant prior to dissolution, England 
Shale gas exploration, England 
Shale gas exploration, England 
Oil and gas exploration, development and production, England 
Oil and gas exploration, development and production,  
Scotland 
Dormant prior to dissolution, Scotland 

7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
C/O Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) LLP, 
2 Semple Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8BL
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ 
C/O Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) LLP,  
2 Semple Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8BL
C/O Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) Llp, Level 6, 
124-125 Princess Street, Edinburgh, EH2 4AD
C/O Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) Llp, Level 6,  
124-125 Princess Street, Edinburgh, EH2 4AD
7 Down Street, London, W1J 7AJ
Dormant, England 
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
Dormant, Australia 
Dormant prior to deregistration, Australia  C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
Investment holding, Australia 
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
Dormant prior to deregistration, Australia  C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
Dormant prior to deregistration, Australia  C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
Dormant prior to deregistration, Australia  C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
Dormant prior to deregistration, Australia  C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
Dormant prior to deregistration, Australia  C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane QLD 4000
804-805, 8th Floor, Tower B, Global Business Park,  
Service company, India 
M.G Road, Gurugram, Harvana
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898

Investment holding, Singapore 
Dormant, Singapore 
Investment holding – dormant prior to strike off, 
Singapore 
Investment holding – dormant, Singapore 
Investment holding – dormant, Singapore 
Investment holding, Singapore 
Investment holding – dormant, Singapore 
Dormant prior to strike off, Singapore 
Investment holding – dormant prior to strike off,  
Singapore 
Dormant, Singapore 
Dormant prior to strike off, Singapore 
Dormant prior to strike off, Singapore 
Dormant prior to strike off, Singapore 
Dormant prior to strike off, Singapore 
Dormant prior to strike off, Singapore 

80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898 

80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898

These entities have been deregistered with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) effective 5 September 2019.

*  
**  These entities have been either dissolved/struck-off or liquidated during the period.
***  The liquidator for this entity has been appointed.

**** This entity is in creditors’ voluntary liquidation since 28 June 2019 but as of the date of this report not yet finalised.

112

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 

At 31 December 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
At 1 January 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 

At 31 December 

NBV at 31 December 

4 Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year: 
VAT recoverable 
Other debtors 
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings 
Prepayments 

31 December 2019  

31 December 2018

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£000 

Buildings  
£000 

Motor 
vehicles 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Buildings  
£000 

Fixtures,
fittings and 
equipment 
£000 

Motor
vehicles 
£000 

464 
– 
– 

464 

384 
25 
– 

409 

55 

96 
– 
– 

96 

93 
1 
– 

94 

2 

20 
– 
– 

20 

20 
– 
– 

20 

– 

580 
– 
– 

580 

497 
26 
– 

523 

375 
89 
– 

464 

331 
53 
– 

384 

139 
– 
(43) 

96 

136 
– 
(43) 

93 

57 

80 

3 

20 
– 
– 

20 

20 
– 
– 

20 

– 

Total
£000

534
89
(43)

580

487
53
(43)

497

83

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

53 2
20 8

17,750 
181 

18,004 

35,429
63

35,502

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and payment terms are as mutually agreed between the Group’s 
companies with no expected credit loss. Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are stated after the expected credit loss allowance of £22.2 
million (31 December 2018: £nil).  Due to the short-term nature of the current receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as 
their fair value.

5 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

4,232 

6,806

The carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as stated above is considered to be a reasonable approximation of their fair value.

Net debt reconciliation

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings  

Net debt 
Borrowings – capitalised fees 

Net debt excluding capitalised fees 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

4,232 
(13,071) 

(8,839) 
(1,272) 

6,806
(20,980)

(14,174)
(518)

(10,111) 

(14,692)

113

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

5 Cash and cash equivalents continued

At 1 January 
Repayment of borrowings 
Interest paid 
Drawdown of RBL (note 8) 
Capitalised fees 
Repayment of RBL (note 8) 
Foreign exchange adjustments 
Other cash flows 
Other non-cash movements 

At 31 December 

6 Trade and other payables

Trade creditors 
Taxation and social security 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 
Accruals and other creditors 

31 December 2019  

31 December 2018

Cash and cash 
equivalents  
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

  Cash and cash
equivalents  
£000 

Total 
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

6,806 
(21,355) 
(2,021) 
19,319 
(1,059) 
(4,639) 
25 
7,156 
– 

(20,980) 
21,355 
– 
(19,319) 
1,308 
4,639 
645 
– 
(719) 

(14,174) 
– 
(2,021) 
– 
249 
– 
670 
7,156 
(719) 

858 
(1,722) 
(1,751) 
– 
– 
– 
(131) 
9,552 
– 

(21,240) 
1,722 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1,238) 
– 
(224) 

Total
£000

(20,382)
–
(1,751)
–
–
–
(1,369)
9,552
(224)

4,232 

(13,071) 

(8,839) 

6,806 

(20,980) 

(14,174)

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

(39) 
(36) 
(141,040) 
(657) 

(155)
(54)
(132,081)
(897)

(141,772) 

(133,187)

Trade creditors are unsecured and usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and payment terms are as mutually agreed between the Group’s 
companies. 

The carrying value of each of the Company’s financial liabilities included within trade and other payables are considered to be a reasonable 
approximation of their fair value. 

7 Taxation
Tax losses, none of which are considered sufficiently certain of utilisation to recognise deferred tax assets, amount to:

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019 
£000 

Excess management expenses 
Non-trade loan relationship debits 

8 Borrowings

Bonds – secured 
Reserve Based Lending facility – secured 

20,799 
47,905 

19,134
47,905

31 December 2019  

31 December 2018

Within  
1 year  
£000 

Greater 
than 1 year 
£000 

Total 
£000 

– 
– 

– 
(13,071) 

– 
(13,071) 

Within 
1 year 
£000 

(2,389) 
– 

Greater
than 1 year 
£000 

Total
£000

(18,591) 
– 

(20,980)
–

In 2013, the Company and Norsk Tillitsmann (‘Bond Trustee’) entered into a Bond Agreement for the Company to issue up to $165.0 million 
secured bonds and up to $30.0 million unsecured bonds (issued at 96% of par). These bonds were subsequently listed on Oslo Bors and the 
Alternative bond market in Oslo. Both secured and unsecured bonds carried a coupon of 10% per annum (where interest was payable semi-
annually in arrears).  The secured bonds were amortised semi-annually at 2.5% of the initial loan amount. Final maturity on the secured notes 
was on 22 March 2018 and on the unsecured notes was 11 December 2018. 

114

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8 Borrowings continued
In April 2017, the Company restructured its debt resulting in the equitisation of the unsecured bonds and a repayment/equitisation of a portion 
of the secured bonds. The restructuring reduced the total aggregate face value of the secured bonds to $30.4 million. The interest rate was 
reduced to 8%, the repayment term was extended to 30 June 2021, and the amortisation rate was increased to 5% of the initial loan amount 
from 23 March 2018.  

On 19 November 2019, the Company repaid its secured bonds at par value (100%) plus accrued interest through the drawdown of $25 million 
from the RBL with BMO.  

Reserve Based Lending facility (RBL)
On 3 October 2019, the Company announced that it had signed a $40.0 million RBL with BMO. In addition to the committed $40.0 million RBL, 
a further $20.0 million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new conventional developments.  
The RBL has a five-year term, an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.0%, matures in September 2024 and is secured on the Company’s assets. The RBL 
is subject to a semi-annual redetermination in May and November when the loan availability will be recalculated taking into account forecast 
commodity prices, remaining field reserves (assessed by an independent reserves auditor annually) and the latest forecast of operating and 
capital costs.

Under the terms of the RBL, the Company is subject to a financial covenant whereby, as at 30 June and 31 December each year, the ratio of Net 
Debt at the period end to EBITDAX for the previous 12 months shall be less than or equal to 3.5:1.

A loss of £0.7 million arising from debt re-financing was recognised for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Collateral against borrowing
A Security Agreement was executed between BMO and IGas Energy plc and some of its subsidiaries, namely; Island Gas Limited, Island Gas 
Operations Limited, Star Energy Weald Basin Limited, Star Energy Group Limited, Star Energy Limited, Island Gas (Singleton) Limited, Dart Energy 
(East England) Limited, Dart Energy (West England) Limited, IGas Energy Development Limited, IGas Energy Enterprise Limited, Dart Energy 
(Europe) Limited and IGas Energy Production Limited.

Under the terms of this Agreement, BMO have a floating charge over all of the assets of these legal entities, other than property, assets, rights and 
revenue detailed in a fixed charge. The fixed charge encompasses the Real Property (freehold and/or leasehold property), the specific petroleum 
licences, all pipelines, plant, machinery, vehicles, fixtures, fittings, computers, office and other equipment, all related property rights, all bank 
accounts, shares and assigned agreements and rights including related property rights (hedging agreements, all assigned intergroup receivables 
and each required insurance and the insurance proceeds).  

9 Commitments
The Company leases property under non-cancellable operating leases. From 1 January 2019, the Group has recognised a right-of-use asset for 
this lease. 

Operating lease commitments:

– expiring within 1 year 
– expiring within 2 to 5 years 
– expiring after 5 years 

Total 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

– 
– 
– 

– 

(390)
(873)
–

(1,263)

10 Financial instruments and risk management
Fair values
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, other than those with carrying 
amounts that are a reasonable approximation of their fair values, are as follows:

Carrying amount

Fair value

  31 December   31 December  31 December  31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

2018 
£000 

2019 
£000 

Financial liabilities 
Amortised cost 
Bonds – secured1 
Reserve Based Lending facility – secured 

– 
(13,071) 

(20,980) 
– 

– 
(13,071) 

(20,875)
–

1  The fair value of borrowings (hierarchy level 1) have been calculated by reference to quoted market prices for these specific liabilities.

115

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

10 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Fair value hierarchy
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, 
described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

•  Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
•  Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or 

indirectly; and 

•  Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data. 

For financial instruments there are no non-recurring fair value measurements nor have there been any transfers between levels of the fair  
value hierarchy.

The financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised into the fair value hierarchy as at the reporting dates as follows:

Financial liabilities: Level 2 
Derivative financial instruments – foreign exchange contract 

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

– 

(71)

Financial risk management
The Company’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings, foreign exchange contracts and trade and other payables, including amounts 
due to subsidiary undertakings. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the Company’s subsidiary operations and to fund 
acquisitions. The Company has trade and other receivables, and cash and cash equivalents that are derived directly from its operations and 
restricted cash. 

The Company manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with its financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy  
is to support the Company’s financial targets while protecting future financial security. The Company is exposed to the following risks:

•  Market risk including interest rate, and foreign currency risks;
•  Credit risk; and
•  Liquidity risk.

Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below. It is the Company’s policy that all 
transactions involving derivatives must be directly related to the underlying business of the Company. The Company does not use derivative 
financial instruments for speculative exposures.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market factors, such as 
interest rate and foreign currency. 

The sensitivity analyses below have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt, and the proportion of financial instruments in 
foreign currencies are all constant and that derivatives are held to maturity. The sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the sensitivity to 
changes in market variables on the Company’s financial instruments and show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity, where 
applicable. 

116

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Interest rate risk
The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company’s loans with related parties.  
The Company currently has all of its external borrowings at fixed rates of interest. 

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in interest rates on the fair value of the loans to related parties.  
The analysis is based on the assumption that LIBOR moves 50 basis points, with all other variables held constant. 

50 basis point increase in LIBOR 
50 basis point decrease in LIBOR 

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax for the year ended 
and to equity as at

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

388 
(388) 

388
(388)

Foreign currency risk
The Company has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from purchases in currencies other than the UK pounds sterling,  
the functional currency of the Company. The Company’s borrowings are also denominated in US dollars.

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in the US dollar/UK pound sterling exchange rate on financial assets 
and liabilities as at the year end, principally relating to the Group’s borrowings which are denominated in US dollars. The impact on equity is the 
same as the impact on profit before tax.

The analysis is based on the assumption that the pound moves 10%, with all other variables held constant. 

10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar 
10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar 

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax for the year ended 
and to equity as at

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

1,307 
(1,307) 

2,004
(2,004)

Credit risk
With respect to credit risk arising from the financial assets of the Company, which comprise cash and cash equivalents and amounts due  
from subsidiary undertakings, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure  
equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. The expected credit loss allowance against amounts due from subsidiary undertakings 
amounts to £22.2 million (31 December 2018: £nil). The Company limits its counterparty credit risk on cash and cash equivalents by dealing  
only with financial institutions with credit ratings of at least A or equivalent other than if the UK government is a majority shareholder.  
£4.2 million (2018: £6.8 million) of cash and cash equivalents were held with two institutions. 

The loans to subsidiaries are considered to have low credit risk, and the loss allowance recognised during the period was therefore limited to 
12 months’ expected losses apart from one loan which was provided for in full.  The expected credit loss allowance against loans to subsidiaries 
amounts to £91.2 million.  Management consider ‘low credit risk’ to be when they have a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity 
to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term.

The loss allowance for the loan to subsidiary as at 31 December reconciles to the opening loss allowance as follows:

Opening loss allowance at 1 January 
Amounts restated through opening retained earnings 
Increase in lifetime expected credit loss allowance recognised in income statement during the year 
Increase in 12 month expected loss  allowance recognised in income statement during the year 

Closing loss allowance at 31 December 

Loan to subsidiary

  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

6,402 
– 
195 
113,168 

119,765 

–
6,402
–
–

6,402

117

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

10 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Liquidity risk
The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate banking and borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual 
cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities and future capital and operating commitments.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

At 31 December 2019 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

At 31 December 2018 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

On demand  
£000 

<1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

>3 years 
£000 

Total
£000

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
(39) 

(39) 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

(13,071) 
– 

(13,071)
(39)

(13,071) 

(13,110)

(4,070) 
(155) 

(4,225) 

(3,878) 
– 

(3,878) 

(17,698) 
– 

(17,698) 

– 
– 

– 

(25,646)
(155)

(25,801)

Management considers that the Company has adequate current assets and forecast cash from operations to manage liquidity risks arising from 
current and non-current liabilities.

Capital management
The Company manages its capital to ensure that it remains sufficiently funded to support its business strategy and maximise shareholder  
value. The Company’s funding requirements are met through a combination of debt and equity and are adjustments made in light of changes  
in economic conditions. The Company’s strategy is to maintain ratios in line with covenants associated with its new secured RBL (see note 8).

The Company monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by equity plus net debt. The Company includes within net debt, 
interest bearing loans less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in net debt. Capital includes share capital, share premium, other reserves 
and accumulated profits/losses.

The Company signed a new $40.0 million RBL with BMO on 3 October 2019. In addition to the committed $40.0 million RBL, a further  
$20.0 million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new conventional developments  
(see note 8). Management believe that the new financing structure will be sustainable in the current oil price environment and,  
together with a carried work programme of up to $214 million, means that the Company is well positioned to pursue its strategy.

118

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 Share capital and share premium
On 3 April 2017, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10p each of the Company into one 
new ordinary share of 0.0001p each and one deferred share of 9.9999p each. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 14 June 2017, 
the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital in order to reduce the number of shares in issue to 
that more appropriate for the size of the Company. Following the consolidation, every 200 ordinary shares of 0.0001p each were consolidated 
into one new ordinary share of 0.02p each and immediately sub-divided into 10 ordinary shares of 0.002p. The consolidation and subdivision 
reduced the number of shares in issue from 2.4 billion to 121 million.

Ordinary shares  

*

 Nominal value 
£000 

No. 

**
Deferred shares  

Share 
capital 

  Nominal value  Nominal value 
£000 

£000 

No. 

Share
premium

Value
£000

Issued and fully paid 
At 1 January 2018 

2018 SIP share issue – partnership 
2018 SIP share issue – matching 

At 31 December 2018 

2019 SIP share issue – partnership 
2019 SIP share issue – matching 

At 31 December 2019 

121,881,119 

83,996 
112,154 

122,077,269 

 107,135 
175,771 

122,360,175 

2 

– 
– 

2 

– 
– 

2 

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,342

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

70
89

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,501

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

69
110

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,680

* The number of ordinary shares as at 31 December 2019 includes 190,651 Treasury shares (2018: 201,451).
** Deferred shares were created on capital restructuring which completed in April 2017. 

Accordingly, the Company share capital account comprised:

Share capital account 
At 1 January 2018 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2018 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2019 

£000

30,333
–

30,333
–

30,333

Share premium
The share premium account arises from the Company issuing shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value less the cost of such 
issues. During the year, the Company issued 282,906 ordinary shares at a nominal value of 0.002p each (2018: 196,150 ordinary shares of 0.002p 
each), resulting in an increase in share premium of £0.2 million (2018: £0.2 million). No issuing costs were incurred during the year (2018: none). 

12 Other reserves
Other reserves are as follows:

Balance at 1 January 2018 
Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP
Lapse of options under the employee share plan
Transfers 
Lapse of options under the employee share plan 
Transfers 

Balance at 31 December 2018 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 
Forfeiture of options under the employee share plan 

Balance at 31 December 2019 

Share plan  
reserves  
£000 

9,098 
1,430 

– 
(173) 
99 

Treasury 

Capital 
shares  contributions 
£000 
£000 

(1,373) 
– 

59 
– 
(99) 

47 
– 

– 
– 
– 

Merger
reserve 
£000 

22,222 
– 

Total
£000

29,994
1,430

– 
– 
– 

59
(173)
–

10,454 

(1,413) 

47 

22,222 

31,310

1,607 
– 
(128) 

– 
(8) 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

1,607
(8)
(128)

11,933 

(1,421) 

47 

22,222 

32,781

119

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – NOTES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 continued

12 Other reserves continued
Employee share plans – Equity settled
Details of the share options under employee share plans outstanding are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January 2018 
Exercisable at 1 January 2018 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2018 
Exercisable at 31 December 2018 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2019 

Exercisable at 31 December 2019 

EIP 
Number  
of units 

2,086,704 
2,086,704 

1,911,057 
– 
– 

3,997,761 
3,997,761 

  2,033,093 
(33,808) 
(450,256) 

MRP 
Number 
of units 

267,252 
267,252 

76,310 
(52,371) 
– 

291,191 
291,191 

157,624 
(8,883) 
– 

EDRP
Number
of units

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

  5,546,790 

439,932 

325,000

  5,546,790 

439,932 

325,000

Note – all options are nil cost and therefore the weighted average exercise price is nil.

Detail disclosure of each employee share plan scheme is in the Group consolidated financial statements note 25. 

Executive Incentive Plan (EIP)
The total charge for the year was £0.15 million (2018: £0.12 million). Of this amount, £nil (2018: £nil) was capitalised and £0.15 million  
(2018: £0.12 million) was charged to the Income Statement.

Management Retention Plan (MRP)
The total charge for the year was £0.02 million (2018: £0.01 million). Of this amount, £nil (2018: £nil) was capitalised or recharged to joint 
venture partners and £0.02 million (2018: £0.01) was charged to the Income Statement.

Executive Director Retention Plan (EDRP)
The total charge for the year was £nil (2018: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2018: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2018: £nil) was charged to the 
Income Statement.

12 Other reserves continued
Other share-based payments
Detail disclosure of other share-based payments is in the Group consolidated financial statements note 25.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
The total charge for the year was £nil (2018: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2018: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2018: £nil) was charged to the 
Income Statement.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose as a result of a reverse acquisition on 31 December 2007 whereby Island Gas Limited (IGL) became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company but with IGL’s shareholders acquiring 94% of the ordinary share capital of the Company. The reserve represents  
the difference in the fair value and the nominal value of the shares issued. The reserve is not distributable.

120

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13 Related party transactions
(a) with Group companies
A summary of the transactions in the year is as follows:

Amounts due from/(to) subsidiaries: 
At 1 January 
Services performed (for)/by subsidiary 
Net cash advances 
Group loan interest 
Allowance for credit loss 
Dividend receivable 
Revaluations 

At 31 December 

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

129,706 
52 
(9,431) 
8,258 
(113,362) 
– 
4,936 

106,349
719
(12,309)
11,379
(6,402)
37,076
(7,106)

20,159 

129,706

Year ended  

Year ended
  31 December   31 December
2018
£000

2019  
£000 

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings (note 4) 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings (note 6) 
Loans to Group companies (note 2) 

Total 

17,750 
(141,040) 
143,449 

35,429
(132,081)
226,358

20,159 

129,706

Payment terms for balances due to or from subsidiaries are as mutually agreed between the Group’s companies. The payment terms in respect  
of loans are detailed in note 2.

(b) with Directors
Key management as defined by IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, controlling 
and directing the activities of the Company. In the opinion of the Board, the Company’s key management are the Directors of the Company. 
Information regarding their compensation is given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

14 Subsequent events
On 24 January 2020 the Company issued 66,076 Ordinary £0.00002 shares in relation to the Company’s SIP scheme. The shares were issued  
at £0.47 resulting in share premium of £31,054.

The global pandemic of COVID-19 in early 2020 has caused worldwide economic disruption. The Group considers this to be a non-adjusting post 
balance sheet event as of 31 December 2019. As described in our going concern assessment, there is material uncertainty of the potential impact 
of COVID-19 on the Group’s operational activities, future commodity prices and the outcome of the May 2020 redetermination of the RBL.

121

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OIL AND GAS RESERVES
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

The Group’s estimate of proved plus probable reserves at 31 December 2019 are based on an independent evaluation of IGas conventional 
oil and gas interests prepared by D&M, the leading international reserves and resources auditors. Proved reserves are estimated reserves that 
geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years under existing economic and operating 
conditions, while probable reserves are estimated reserves determined to be more likely than not to be recoverable in future years under 
existing economic and operating conditions.

All of the Group’s oil and gas assets are located in the United Kingdom.

Group proved plus probable reserves

At 1 January 2019 
Additions during the year 
Revision of previous estimates 
Production 

Total change during the year 

At 31 December 2019 

Oil  
mmbbls 

12.59 
0.66 
1.94 
(0.78) 

1.82 

14.41 

Gas 
Bcf 

11.41 
– 
(1.58) 
(0.35) 

(1.93) 

9.48 

Total
mmboe

14.56
0.66
1.67
(0.84)

1.49

16.05

122

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IGAS ONSHORE UK LICENCE INTERESTS

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Licence

Fields

East Midlands

AL 009

EXL 288

ML 3

ML 4

ML 6

ML 7

Dunholme1

Trumfleet2

Egmanton

Gainsborough, Beckingham, Corringham, 
Glentworth

Bothamsall

South Leverton

PEDL 006

Cold Hanworth

PEDL 012

PEDL 139

PEDL 140

PEDL 146

PEDL 1693

PEDL 200

PEDL 210

PEDL 2734

PEDL 278

PEDL 305

PEDL 316

PL 178

PL 179

PL 1996

PL 220

Hemswell1

West Beckingham

Welton, Stainton, Nettleham, Scampton 
South, Scampton North, East Glentworth 

Nettleham

Long Clawson, Rempstone

Weald Basin

DL 002

DL 004

ML 18

ML 21

Stockbridge

Albury

Bletchingley 

Bletchingley 

PEDL 021

Goodworth

PEDL 070

Avington

PEDL 235

PEDL 257

PEDL 326

PL 182

PL 205

PL 211

PL 233

PL 240

PL 249

Godley Bridge1

Lingfield1

Palmers Wood

Storrington

Horndean

Stockbridge

Singleton

Stockbridge

Area  
km2

IGas 
interest

Operator Other partners

9

75

26

72

11

11

136

33

100

142

276

62

114

116

194

38

143

111

2

107

4

13

10

14

8

9

50

18

100

28

95

55

18

27

58

46

16

100%

75%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

55%

32%

32%

75%

80%

55%

75%

35%

50%

35%

35%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

54%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

90%

100%

100%

100%

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS, Egdon, Ecorp 

INEOS, Egdon, Ecorp 

INEOS

Egdon

INEOS

INEOS

Total, Egdon, INEOS

Egdon

Total, Egdon, INEOS

Total, Egdon, INEOS

Egdon, Aurora, UKOG, Corfe

UKOG

Notes:
1. Dunholme, Hemswell, Beckering, Godley Bridge and Lingfield are undeveloped fields.
2. Trumfleet Field was abandoned in 2009 prior to IGas acquiring an interest in licence EXL288.

123

Strategic ReportIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019IGAS ONSHORE UK LICENCE INTERESTS continued

Licence

Fields

North West

EXL 273

PEDL 145

PEDL 147

PEDL 184

PEDL 189

PEDL 190

PEDL 193

PEDL 293

PEDL 295

Scotland

P 1270

PEDL 158

Lybster

Lybster

Area  
km2

IGas 
interest

Operator Other partners

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

48

74

89

286

100

94

296

200

200

16

46

15%

40%

25%

50%

25%

50%

40%

30%

30%

100%

100%

INEOS

INEOS

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

IGas

IGas

Notes:
1. Dunholme, Hemswell, Beckering, Godley Bridge and Lingfield are undeveloped fields.
2. Trumfleet Field was abandoned in 2009 prior to IGas acquiring an interest in licence EXL288.

124

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

GLOSSARY

£

$

1P 

2P

3P

1C 

2C 

3C 

AIM 

boepd 

bopd 

Contingent  
Recoverable  
Resources

GIIP 

m 

Mbbl

MMboe 

MMscfd 

NBP

OGA

OIIP

PEDL 

PL 

RBL

The lawful currency of the United Kingdom

The lawful currency of the United States of America

Low estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

Best estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

High estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

Low estimate or low case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

Best estimate or mid case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

High estimate or high case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

AIM market of the London Stock Exchange

Barrels of oil equivalent per day

Barrels of oil per day

Contingent Recoverable Resources estimates are prepared in accordance with the Petroleum Resources Management System 
(PRMS), an industry recognised standard. A Contingent Recoverable Resource is defined as discovered potentially recoverable 
quantities of hydrocarbons where there is no current certainty that it will be commercially viable to produce any portion of the 
contingent resources evaluated. Contingent Recoverable Resources are further divided into three status groups: marginal, sub 
marginal, and undetermined. IGas' Contingent Recoverable Resources all fall into the undetermined group. Undetermined is  
the status group where it is considered premature to clearly define the ultimate chance of commerciality.

Gas initially in place

Million

Thousands of barrels

Millions of barrels of oil equivalent

Millions of standard cubic feet per day

National balancing point – a virtual trading location for the sale and purchase and exchange of UK natural gas. 

Oil and Gas Authority

Oil initially in place

United Kingdom petroleum exploration and development licence

Production licence

Reserve Based Lending facility

ROSPA

Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents

SoS

Tcf 

UK 

Secretary of State

Trillions of standard cubic feet of gas

United Kingdom

125

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Banker
Barclays Bank Plc
1 Churchill Place
London E14 5HP

Registered Office
7 Down Street
London W1J 7AJ

Copies of Reports and Accounts
Further copies of this Annual Report and Accounts can
be obtained from the Registered Office of IGas Energy plc
(IGas Energy).

GENERAL INFORMATION

Directors
C McDowell – Interim Non-executive Chairman
S Bowler – Chief Executive Officer
P Jackson – Non-executive
T Kumar – Non-executive
H Årstad  - Non-executive

Company Secretary
Thamala Perera Schuetze

Nominated Adviser and Joint Broker
Investec Bank plc
30 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QP

Joint Broker
BMO Capital Markets
95 Queen Victoria Street
London
EC4V 4HG

Joint Broker
Canaccord Genuity
88 Wood Street
London
EC2V 7QR

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services plc
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS13 8AE

Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Embankment Place
London
WC2N 6RH

126

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019NOTES

127

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsIGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019NOTES continued

128

IGas Energy plc | Annual Report and Accounts 2019Design and Production
www.carrkamasa.co.uk

IGas Energy plc 
Registered Office
7 Down Street
London
W1J 7AJ

+44 (0)20 7993 9899
www.igasplc.com